VAT

VAT /visma-net-erp/help/vat section The process of setting up the VAT calculation along with configuring the VAT reporting functionality is described extensively in other topics in this help. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT The process of setting up the VAT calculation along with configuring the VAT reporting functionality is described extensively in other topics in this help. The VAT workspace provides functionality for automatic calculation of VAT amounts on each invoice and other similar document created in Visma Net. To set up the VAT calculation in the documents across the system, you should create all required taxes with their effective rates along with other VAT-related entities, such as VAT zones and VAT categories, and then associate these entities with appropriate elements of other Visma Net workspaces involved in the calculation process. ## VAT calculation You can calculate taxes in Visma Net by using different methods. You can set up an appropriate VAT calculation method, including calculating the VAT amount based on the total document amount or for each item listed in the document, or excluding the VAT amount from the product price specified in the document. For details, see: [Set up VAT calculation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/set-up-vat-calculation/). ## VAT zones and categories In Visma Net, a VAT zone is a group of taxes levied on a particular geographical location for all goods and services that may be sold or purchased by your company. You create VAT zones by using the [VAT zones (TX206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-zones-tx206000/) window for all locations of your customers and suppliers and add appropriate taxes to these VAT zones. For VAT-exempt customers (for example, those with reseller permits), you can create the VAT zones with zero-rated taxes. Thus, the VAT amount in the document will be calculated basing on the tax, which corresponds to the location of the customer or supplier as well as on the type of the services or goods mentioned in the document (for example, in the invoice), for which, in turn, you should also create and assign a **VAT category**. ## Tax agencies In Visma Net, you can configure a VAT report for a particular tax agency and set up automatic accumulation of appropriate VAT amounts in the VAT report. For each tax agency, you can define specific reporting settings, such as the reporting period or the rounding rules. ## VAT reporting The structure and content of the VAT report is prescribed by each particular tax collection agency and can be filed in a paper or electronic form. Usually, such form contains a number of fields that require the VAT amounts and/or taxable amounts to be entered. In Visma Net, the VAT report is represented as a table where the fields are represented as the lines. You can configure a VAT report with required lines, and set up automatic accumulation of VAT amounts and taxable amounts in the appropriate lines. The preparation of a VAT report includes the following steps: preparing a VAT report for a required reporting period, and closing the reporting period. You can adjust the net VAT amount in the VAT report by creating the VAT adjustment document manually, or create another revision of the VAT report for the closed reporting period. For details, see: [VAT report preparation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-preparation/). ## EC sales list The EC sales list is a supplementary reporting requirement for companies selling across the European union borders. It is used when reporting VAT on sales and.can be filed in a paper or electronic form. The EC Sales List contains information on sales and transfers of goods and services to VAT registered companies in other EU countries. For more information, go to your tax agency's website. The preparation of the EC sales list includes the following steps: preparing the VAT report (only the first time you create a EC sales list), creating the EC sales list for the set reporting period, modifying any transactions if needed, and finally sending the list to the tax agency. About VAT settings /visma-net-erp/help/vat/about-vat-settings page When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT settings When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. You configure a VAT by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. Depending on the type of the VAT, you can specify different settings. Most of these settings and their use are described in detail below. ## Defining the method of calculating the VAT amount Different taxes may require different methods of calculation. You can select the appropriate option in the **Calculate on** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. The following options are available: Extract from item amount : The VAT is already included in the item price. The system extracts the VAT amount from the item amount according to the VAT rate that you specify. Item amount : The VAT amount is calculated on a per-item basis; that is, the VAT is applied to each line in the document. Document amount : The VAT amount is calculated on a per-document basis. That is, the document total amount is used for VAT calculation. Item + VAT amount : The VAT amount is calculated by using as the tax base the sum of the item amounts and the VAT amount. Document + VAT amount : The VAT amount is calculated by using as the tax base the sum of the document amount and the VAT amount. Consider an example in which the different VAT calculation methods are used. Imagine that the document contains 100 items, each priced at €10, and the VAT rate is 8.25%: + With the per-document method, the tax base (total amount of the document) would be 100 items x €.10= €.1000. Then the VAT amount would be €1000 x.0825 = €82.5. + With the per-item method, the VAT amount per item would be €10 x.0825 = €0.825, which rounds to €0.83. Then the total VAT amount would be €0.83 x 100 items = €83. As you can see, using different methods of VAT calculation for the same documents may cause discrepancies in the document totals due to rounding. Thus, you need to choose the calculation method that best suits your needs. ## Defining how cash discounts are applied In the **Cash discount** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, you can specify the method of calculating the taxable amount if a cash discount is applied to the document. You can select one of the following options: > [!NOTE] > A cash discount can be applied to a document only within the cash discount period. The end date of the cash discount period is specified in the **Cash discount date** field in the invoice (or the similar document). This date is defined by the system according to the specified payment terms. Reduces taxable amount : The system deducts the discount amount from the document amount before VAT calculation. Thus, the VAT amount is calculated based on the discounted taxable amount. For example: Assume that the price of the one purchased item is 100€, the VAT rate is 10%, and the cash discount is 20%. In this case, the taxable amount is decreased by the discount amount and is equal to €100 (price) - €20 (discount) = €80. Thus, the VAT amount is €8. The document amount is equal to the product price plus the discounted VAT amount: €100 (price) + 8€ (VAT amount) = €108. Does not affect taxable amount : (selected by default): The discount amount doesn’t affect the taxable amount. That is, the base for VAT calculation is the same as the base for discount calculation. As in the previous example, consider a price of €100, a discount of 20%, and a VAT of 10%. Because the taxable amount is not affected by the discount, it is €100. The VAT amount is €10. Thus, the document amount is €110. Reduces taxable amount on early payment : . The system recalculates the taxable amount in the document if the full payment has been received within the cash discount period. The documents that have been fully paid within the cash discount period are listed in the [Generate VAT on cash discount (AR504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/generate-vat-on-cash-discount-ar504500/) window. In this window, you can generate credit notes that will be automatically applied to the corresponding documents upon release. ## Updating the VAT rate If the rate of a particular VAT is going to be changed in the future, you can specify in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window the new VAT rate and the date from which it will be effective. To do that, you should add a new row to the table on the **VAT schedule** tab and specify its settings. ## Defining the minimum and maximum taxable amounts For each row of the table on the **VAT schedule** tab of the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, you can define the minimum and maximum taxable amount for each VAT in the corresponding columns. + If a minimum amount is specified in the **Min. taxable amount** column, the VAT rate of 0 will be applied to amounts less than the specified minimum. + If a maximum amount is specified in the **Max. taxable amount** column, the VAT rate of 0 will be applied to amounts greater than the specified maximum. In all other cases, VAT is calculated by using the specified rate. ## Defining the reporting group If you plan to use the built-in VAT reporting functionality in Visma Net, you should select the reporting group that you have created for the tax agency specified in the **Tax agency ID** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window If you do not plan to use the built-in VAT reporting functionality, specify one of the predefined reporting groups ( **input** or **output** ) in the **Reporting group** column on the **VAT schedule** tab of this window. Set up calculation /visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation section In Visma Net, the system automatically performs VAT calculation in the documents (such as supplier or customer invoices) once a user has configured all Visma Net entities involved in this process. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up calculation In Visma Net, the system automatically performs VAT calculation in the documents (such as supplier or customer invoices) once a user has configured all Visma Net entities involved in this process. The system calculates taxes based on the following details specified in the document: + The supplier or customer + The item ID + The quantity of items + The unit cost of each item The system calculates the VAT and taxable amounts by using the settings of each VAT that corresponds to both the VAT category of the specified item ID and the VAT zone of the selected supplier or customer. The system calculates the VAT and taxable amounts for each line of the document or for the total document amount, depending on the settings of the applied VAT (for details, see: [About VAT settings](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/about-vat-settings/) ). The VAT amount is entered in the corresponding field of the invoice: **VAT taxable total**, **VAT exempt total**, or **VAT total**, depending on the VAT applied to the document. After you have released the document, the system creates the corresponding general ledger batch and records these amounts to the appropriate general ledger accounts. Visma Net gives you the ability to create VAT reports. If your company plans to create VAT reports by using Visma Net, you should configure a VAT report for each tax collection agency to which the taxes have to be reported. When you have configured a VAT report and set up all required relations (see: [Set up VAT calculation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/set-up-vat-calculation/) ), you can prepare the VAT report by clicking one button. You should set up the reporting periods and some report properties individually for each tax agency account. (In Visma Net, a tax agency is defined as a supplier.) All the required VAT and taxable amounts will be collected in the VAT report as each taxable document is released in the system. Set up VAT calculation /visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/set-up-vat-calculation page You should complete the following configuration steps to make the system to calculate VAT amounts in the documents that users create: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up VAT calculation You should complete the following configuration steps to make the system to calculate VAT amounts in the documents that users create: 1. Create separate VAT rates if the rate of a particular VAT varies depending on the geographical location or the category of goods or services (for example, taxable or VAT-exempt). 1. Create all required VAT categories, considering all the products and services your company sells or purchases. Add the appropriate VAT rates to each VAT category. 1. Create all required VAT zones, considering all the geographical locations of your customers and suppliers, and add the appropriate VAT rates to each VAT zone. 1. Specify the appropriate VAT category for each stock or non-stock item on the **General settings** tab of the [Stock items (IN202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/stock-items-in202500/) or [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window, respectively. > [!NOTE] > You can create new stock or non-stock items and specify the VAT category during their creation. You can also change the VAT category for an existing stock or non-stock items if any default VAT categories were specified during their creation. 1. Specify the VAT zone for each supplier on the **Purchase settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window, and for each existing customer on the **Delivery settings** tab of the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window. 1. If you use different VAT categories for different customers, customer locations, and suppliers, set the appropriate export type per customer location or customer class, and import type per supplier class. Continue to Step 7. 1. In the item classes, specify the VAT categories associated with the export and import types. [About suggested VAT categories](/visma-net-erp/help/sales/process-sales-orders/about-suggested-vat-categories/). For more information, see: After you have performed these steps, Visma Net will automatically calculate VAT for each invoice or similar document in the system. About prerequisites and preparation /visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/about-prerequisites-and-preparation page To set up the VAT calculation process in Visma Net, you have to configure all required VAT-related entities and link them to one another. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About prerequisites and preparation To set up the VAT calculation process in Visma Net, you have to configure all required VAT-related entities and link them to one another. > [!NOTE] > The General ledger workspace must be configured before you configure the VAT workspace. ## VAT You should create all VAT rates that your company uses. The settings for each VAT include the VAT rate, the VAT calculation method, the VAT validity period (if any), and other required parameters. ## VAT zones You should create all needed VAT zones and include the VAT rates applied in the corresponding location in each VAT zone. You then associate an appropriate VAT zone with each of your suppliers and customers according to their locations. ## VAT categories You should create the needed VAT categories for all goods or services (which are represented as stock items and non-stock items in Visma Net ) that your company sells or purchases. For each VAT category, you should add all VAT rates that are applied to the corresponding category of goods and services in all geographical locations where your company conducts business. ## Tax agency For each tax agency to which you will submit VAT reports, you should create a supplier account in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window with the **Supplier is tax agency** check box selected. The entities that you have configured in the VAT workspace should be linked with the following entities, which you create in other Visma Net workspaces (or add VAT-specific information for the entities if they have already been created): ## Stock items and non-stock items To calculate VAT amounts in the documents in which you specify item IDs, create stock items (for goods) and non-stock items (for services) and associate each item with the appropriate VAT category. The initial VAT category on customer documents is based on the VAT category on the item class in combination with the customer location's export type. For more information, see: [About suggested VAT categories](/visma-net-erp/help/sales/process-sales-orders/about-suggested-vat-categories/). The VAT category defines the VAT rates that can be applied to this stock or non-stock item. ## Supplier and customer accounts You should create needed suppliers in the Supplier ledger workspace and customers in the Customer ledger workspace if they don't already exist. Depending on the geographical location of the sale or purchase transaction, different VAT rates can be applied to the document. To define which VAT rates are applied in the location of your supplier or customer, you should assign the appropriate VAT zone to each new or existing supplier and customer. If you define an export type on a customer location or customer class, this will be used for defining VAT rates for customer document lines with item IDs, see also [About export types](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/manage-customers/about-export-types/) and [About suggested VAT categories](/visma-net-erp/help/sales/process-sales-orders/about-suggested-vat-categories/). Once these entities are configured, the system will calculate VAT amounts when a user enters a document in the system. The system does this by applying the particular VAT or taxes determined by the system according to the location of the selected customer or supplier and the line items specified in the document. Manage taxes /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage taxes About VAT settings /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/about-vat-settings page When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT settings When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. When you create a VAT rate in the system, you have to specify the settings that the system uses to calculate the VAT amount and the taxable amount (that is, the tax base) in the documents. You configure a VAT by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. Depending on the type of the VAT, you can specify different settings. Most of these settings and their use are described in detail below. ## Defining the method of calculating the VAT amount Different taxes may require different methods of calculation. You can select the appropriate option in the **Calculate on** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. The following options are available: Extract from item amount : The VAT is already included in the item price. The system extracts the VAT amount from the item amount according to the VAT rate that you specify. Item amount : The VAT amount is calculated on a per-item basis; that is, the VAT is applied to each line in the document. Document amount : The VAT amount is calculated on a per-document basis. That is, the document total amount is used for VAT calculation. Item + VAT amount : The VAT amount is calculated by using as the tax base the sum of the item amounts and the VAT amount. Document + VAT amount : The VAT amount is calculated by using as the tax base the sum of the document amount and the VAT amount. Consider an example in which the different VAT calculation methods are used. Imagine that the document contains 100 items, each priced at €10, and the VAT rate is 8.25%: + With the per-document method, the tax base (total amount of the document) would be 100 items x €.10= €.1000. Then the VAT amount would be €1000 x.0825 = €82.5. + With the per-item method, the VAT amount per item would be €10 x.0825 = €0.825, which rounds to €0.83. Then the total VAT amount would be €0.83 x 100 items = €83. As you can see, using different methods of VAT calculation for the same documents may cause discrepancies in the document totals due to rounding. Thus, you need to choose the calculation method that best suits your needs. ## Defining how cash discounts are applied In the **Cash discount** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, you can specify the method of calculating the taxable amount if a cash discount is applied to the document. You can select one of the following options: > [!NOTE] > A cash discount can be applied to a document only within the cash discount period. The end date of the cash discount period is specified in the **Cash discount date** field in the invoice (or the similar document). This date is defined by the system according to the specified payment terms. Reduces taxable amount : The system deducts the discount amount from the document amount before VAT calculation. Thus, the VAT amount is calculated based on the discounted taxable amount. For example: Assume that the price of the one purchased item is 100€, the VAT rate is 10%, and the cash discount is 20%. In this case, the taxable amount is decreased by the discount amount and is equal to €100 (price) - €20 (discount) = €80. Thus, the VAT amount is €8. The document amount is equal to the product price plus the discounted VAT amount: €100 (price) + 8€ (VAT amount) = €108. Does not affect taxable amount : (selected by default): The discount amount doesn’t affect the taxable amount. That is, the base for VAT calculation is the same as the base for discount calculation. As in the previous example, consider a price of €100, a discount of 20%, and a VAT of 10%. Because the taxable amount is not affected by the discount, it is €100. The VAT amount is €10. Thus, the document amount is €110. Reduces taxable amount on early payment : . The system recalculates the taxable amount in the document if the full payment has been received within the cash discount period. The documents that have been fully paid within the cash discount period are listed in the [Generate VAT on cash discount (AR504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/generate-vat-on-cash-discount-ar504500/) window. In this window, you can generate credit notes that will be automatically applied to the corresponding documents upon release. ## Updating the VAT rate If the rate of a particular VAT is going to be changed in the future, you can specify in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window the new VAT rate and the date from which it will be effective. To do that, you should add a new row to the table on the **VAT schedule** tab and specify its settings. ## Defining the minimum and maximum taxable amounts For each row of the table on the **VAT schedule** tab of the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, you can define the minimum and maximum taxable amount for each VAT in the corresponding columns. + If a minimum amount is specified in the **Min. taxable amount** column, the VAT rate of 0 will be applied to amounts less than the specified minimum. + If a maximum amount is specified in the **Max. taxable amount** column, the VAT rate of 0 will be applied to amounts greater than the specified maximum. In all other cases, VAT is calculated by using the specified rate. ## Defining the reporting group If you plan to use the built-in VAT reporting functionality in Visma Net, you should select the reporting group that you have created for the tax agency specified in the **Tax agency ID** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window If you do not plan to use the built-in VAT reporting functionality, specify one of the predefined reporting groups ( **input** or **output** ) in the **Reporting group** column on the **VAT schedule** tab of this window. Create a VAT /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/create-a-vat section Make sure that the VAT reporting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a VAT Make sure that the VAT reporting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. For more information: [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/). ## Before you proceed ## Create a VAT 1. Go to the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. On the **VAT settings** tab of the top part, proceed as follows: 1. In the **VAT ID** field, type the unique identifier for the tax. 1. Optional: In the **Description** field, type a description of the VAT, so you can easily identify it in the list. 1. In the **VAT type** field, select **VAT**. 1. In the **Calculate on** field, select one of the following calculation methods for the VAT, described fully in [Set up VAT calculation:](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/set-up-vat-calculation/) + **Extract from item amount** + **Item amount** + **Item + VAT amount** + **Document amount** + **Document + VAT amount** 1. In the **Cash discount** field, select one of the following methods of calculating the VAT amount if a cash discount is applied to the document: + **Reduces taxable amount** + **Reduces taxable amount on early payment** + **Does not affect taxable amount** 1. Optional: In the **Tax agency ID** field, select the tax agency to which you will report the VAT. Leave the field blank if you have not configured a tax agency account yet, or do not plan to prepare a VAT report in Visma Net. 1. Optional: In the **Not valid after** field, specify the last date the VAT is effective. 1. On the **General ledger accounts** tab of the top part, do as follows: 1. In the **VAT payable account** field, select the general ledger account to accumulate VAT amounts to be paid to the applicable tax agency. > [!NOTE] > By default, the liability account associated with the specified tax agency is inserted, but it can be overwritten. 1. In the **VAT payable subaccount** field, enter the number of the corresponding subaccount. 1. In the **VAT claimable account** field, select a general ledger account to accumulate the VAT amounts to be claimed from the applicable tax agency. 1. In the **VAT claimable subaccount** field, enter the number of the corresponding subaccount. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab of the details area, do as follows: 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify the rate of the output tax. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** field, specify the minimum taxable amount for which this VAT rate is applicable. If a minimum amount is specified, the VAT rate is 0 on amounts less than the specified minimum. 1. Optional: In the **Max. taxable amount** field, specify the maximum taxable amount for which this VAT rate is applicable. If a maximum amount is specified, the VAT rate is 0 on amounts greater than the specified maximum. > [!NOTE] > The **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields are unavailable if the **Extract from item amount** option is selected in the **Calculate on** field. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, specify the **Output** reporting group for the output tax. The specific reporting group is available only if the tax agency is selected in the top part. If the tax agency is not selected or you have not configured reporting groups for the tax agency, select the **Default output group**. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify the rate of the input tax. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, specify the **Input** reporting group for the input tax. If the tax agency is not specified, select the **Default input group**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The general VAT is created in the system. Now, set up VAT calculation across the system. ## Create a deductible VAT 1. Repeat steps 1-4 of the procedure in the previous section. 1. On the **VAT settings** tab, select the **Deductible VAT** check box. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify the rate of the VAT that generally applies to specific purchases. 1. In the **Deductible VAT rate** field, specify the percentage of deduction that applies to the VAT amounts paid to the supplier on the specific purchases. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **input** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The deductible VAT is created in the system. Now, set up VAT calculation across the system. ## Create a reverse-charge VAT > [!NOTE] > To configure automatic calculation of the **Reverse-charge VAT**, you need to create two VAT types by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window: a general-type VAT and a tax of the Reverse VAT type. 1. Repeat steps 1-4 of the procedure in the first section of this topic. 1. On the **VAT settings** tab, select the **Reverse VAT** check box. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click **Add row** on the table toolbar. 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the tax becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify the same rate as for the direct VAT. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **output** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The reverse-charge VAT is created in the system. For a correct calculation of the reverse VAT, create a general VAT with the same VAT rate. ## Create an exempt VAT 1. Repeat steps 1-4 of the procedure **Create a general value-added tax**. 1. On the **VAT settings** tab, select the **Include in VAT exempt total** check box, so the taxable amount that is exempt from paying the VAT will be displayed in the **VAT exempt total** field in the documents, such as invoices. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click **Add row** in the table toolbar. 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify a rate of zero for the output tax. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **output** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify a rate of zero for the input tax. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **input** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The exempt modification of VAT tax is created in the system. Now you need to set up VAT calculation across the system. ## Create a statistical VAT 1. Repeat the steps 1-4 of the procedure in the first section of this topic, **Create a general value-added tax**. 1. On the **VAT settings** tab, select the **Statistical VAT** check box. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify a rate of 0 for the output VAT. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **output** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify a rate of zero for the input VAT. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **input** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The statistical VAT tax is created in the system. Now you need to set up VAT calculation across the system. ## Create a pending VAT 1. Repeat steps 1-3 of the procedure in the first section of this topic, **Create a general value-added tax**. 1. On the **VAT settings** tab, select the **Deductible VAT** check box. 1. On the **General ledger accounts** tab, perform the following instructions: 1. In the **VAT payable account** field, select the general ledger account to accumulate VAT amounts to be paid to the applicable tax agency. > [!NOTE] > By default, the liability account associated with the specified tax agency is inserted, but it can be overwritten. 1. In the **Tax claimable account** field, select the general ledger account to accumulate VAT amounts to be claimed from the applicable tax agency. 1. In the **Pending VAT payable account** field, specify the general ledger account to accumulate pending VAT amounts to be paid to the applicable tax agency. 1. In the **Pending VAT claimable account** field, specify the general ledger account to accumulate pending VAT amounts to be claimed from the applicable tax agency. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Start date** field, specify the date when the VAT becomes effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** field, specify the rate of the VAT that generally applies to specific purchases. 1. In the **Deductible VAT rate** field, specify the percentage of deduction that applies to the VAT amounts paid to the supplier on these specific purchases. 1. Optional: In the **Min. taxable amount** and **Max. taxable amount** fields, specify the corresponding amounts, if needed. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the **input** reporting group that was defined for the tax agency and was intended for this VAT. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The pending modification of VAT tax is created in the system. Now you need to set up VAT calculation across the system. Create a new VAT rate /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/create-a-new-vat-rate section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a new VAT rate 1. Go to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the VAT rate that you want to change. Depending on which VAT you select, one entry per reporting group is displayed on the **VAT schedule** tab. 1. On the **VAT schedule** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png) to add a new line. 1. In the **Start date** column, enter the date from which you want the new rate to be effective. 1. In the **VAT rate** column, enter the new rate. 1. In the **Reporting group** column, select the same reporting group as the old VAT. 1. If the selected VAT had several lines in the table, repeat steps 2 through 5. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). ## What is next? You now have to decide how you want to report the VAT and set the preferences for that: [Set the financial period end date for the VAT period](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/suppliers/set-the-financial-period-end-date-for-the-vat-period/).

Tasks

Windows

VAT (TX205000)

Post non-deductible VAT to the same expense account as the purchase invoice amount /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/post-non-deductible-vat-to-the-same-expense-account-as-the-purchase-invoice-amount section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Post non-deductible VAT to the same expense account as the purchase invoice amount ## Before you start [Create a new VAT rate](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/create-a-new-vat-rate/) To post VAT expenses to a VAT expense account, see [Post non-deductible VAT to a VAT expense account](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/post-non-deductible-vat-to-a-vat-expense-account/). 1. Go to the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the VAT rate you want to use. 1. Select the **Partially deductible VAT** check box. 1. Click the **General ledger accounts** tab. By default, the **Use VAT expense account** check box is selected. 1. Deselect the **Use VAT expense account** check box. You see that the **VAT expense account** and the **VAT expense subaccount** fields become unavailable. Next time you create a purchase invoice, the non-deductible VAT you specify on the lines will be posted to the same expense account as the amount on the lines in the purchase document. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Tasks

Windows

VAT (TX205000)

Post non-deductible VAT to a VAT expense account /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/post-non-deductible-vat-to-a-vat-expense-account section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Post non-deductible VAT to a VAT expense account ## Before you start [Create a new VAT rate](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/create-a-new-vat-rate/) In Visma Net the default setting is that you post non-deductible VAT amounts to a VAT expense account. To post VAT expenses to the same general ledger account as the amount of a specific purchase invoice, see [Post non-deductible VAT to the same expense account as the purchase invoice amount](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/post-non-deductible-vat-to-the-same-expense-account-as-the-purchase-invoice-amount/). 1. Go to the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the VAT rate you want to use. 1. Select the **Partially deductible VAT** check box. 1. Click the **General ledger accounts** tab. The check box **Use VAT expense account** is selected by default. 1. In the **VAT expense account** field, select the expense account you want to use. 1. In the **VAT expense subaccount** field, press **F3** to select the subaccount associated with the account in step 5, or to select 0 (Default/None). Next time you create a purchase invoice, the non-deductible VAT you specify on the lines, will be posted to the given VAT expense account. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png).

Tasks

Windows

VAT (TX205000)

Manage VAT zones and categories /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-zones-and-categories section In Visma Net, a VAT zone is a group of taxes levied on a particular geographical location for all goods and services that may be sold or purchased by your company. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage VAT zones and categories In Visma Net, a VAT zone is a group of taxes levied on a particular geographical location for all goods and services that may be sold or purchased by your company. In Visma Net, a VAT zone is a group of taxes levied on a particular geographical location for all goods and services that may be sold or purchased by your company. You create VAT zones by using the [VAT zones (TX206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-zones-tx206000/) window for all locations of your customers and suppliers and add appropriate taxes to these VAT zones. For VAT-exempt customers (for example, those with reseller permits), you can create the VAT zones with zero-rated taxes. Thus, the VAT amount in the document will be calculated basing on the tax, which corresponds to the location of the customer or supplier as well as on the type of the services or goods mentioned in the document (for example, in the invoice), for which, in turn, you should also create and assign a **VAT category**. A VAT category is a group of VAT rates that are levied for selling or purchasing particular goods or services in all locations of your suppliers and customers. You create a VAT category and associate it with the appropriate goods and services, which are defined as stock and non-stock items in Visma Net. The VAT rates of a particular VAT category will be used for calculating VAT amounts in the documents in which the corresponding stock or non-stock items are specified. However, not all VAT rates included in the VAT category specified for an item will be applied to a particular invoice that includes the item. The VAT rates that are not levied in the VAT zone of the supplier or customer specified in the document will be excluded. Thus, only the VAT rates included both in the VAT category of the stock or non-stock item and in the VAT zone of the supplier or customer will be used for VAT amount calculation. Create a VAT zone /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-zones-and-categories/create-a-vat-zone section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a VAT zone ## Before you proceed Before you create a VAT zone, make sure that all required VAT rates (that is, those to be added to the VAT zone) have been created in the system. 1. Go to the [VAT zones (TX206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-zones-tx206000/) window. 1. In the **VAT zone ID** field, enter the unique ID for the VAT zone being created. 1. Optional: In the **Description** field, enter a clear and detailed description of the zone. 1. Optional: In the **Default VAT category** field, select the default VAT category for the VAT zone. If the VAT category is not specified in the document (for example: in the invoice), the system determines the VAT zone of the supplier or customer and uses the VAT category specified here for tax calculation. 1. On the **Applicable VAT** tab, click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). In the **VAT ID** column, select a VAT for the VAT zone being created. (The system fills in the other columns of the row automatically once you select the VAT.) Repeat this step for each VAT that you want to add. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The VAT zone is now created in the system. Now you can set this zone for a customer on the **Delivery settings** tab of the [Customers (AR303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customers-ar303000/) window or for a supplier on the **Purchase settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. Create a VAT category /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-zones-and-categories/create-a-vat-category section Before you create a VAT category, make sure that all required VAT rates (that is, those to be added to the VAT category) have been created in the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a VAT category Before you create a VAT category, make sure that all required VAT rates (that is, those to be added to the VAT category) have been created in the system. ## Before you proceed Before you create a VAT category, make sure that all required VAT rates (that is, those to be added to the VAT category) have been created in the system. 1. Go to the [VAT categories (TX205500)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-categories-tx205500/) window. 1. In the **VAT category ID** field, enter the unique ID for the VAT category being created. 1. Optional: In the **Description** field, enter a clear and detailed description of the VAT category. 1. Optional: Select the **Active** check box to activate this VAT category in the system, so you can assign this VAT category to a stock item on the **General settings** tab of the [Stock items (IN202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/stock-items-in202500/) window and a non-stock item the **General settings** tab of the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. If this check box is cleared, the VAT category is not available for selection. 1. In the table, add a row. In the **VAT ID** column, select a tax that you want to assign to the VAT category being created. (The system fills in the other columns of the row automatically once you select the VAT.) Repeat this step for each tax that you want to add. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The VAT category is now created in the system. Now you can specify this VAT category for each existing stock item on the **General settings** tab of the [Stock items (IN202500)](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/stock-items-in202500/) window and for each existing non-stock item on this tab of the [Non-stock items (IN202000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/non-stock-items-in202000/) window. Manage tax agencies /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage tax agencies About tax agency account setup /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies/about-tax-agency-account-setup page You can configure a tax agency account in Visma Net to cover either of the following purposes: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About tax agency account setup You can configure a tax agency account in Visma Net to cover either of the following purposes: + You want to set up tax reporting for the tax agency. For such an agency, you configure an appropriate tax report and set up automatic accumulation of tax amounts in the tax report. + You want to pay taxes directly to the tax agency. (For certain taxes, such as the customs duties on imported goods, instead of filing tax reports, you must pay the taxes directly to the tax agency.) In this case, you need to create the tax invoices by using the [VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-invoices-and-adjustments-tx303000/) window, and then pay the invoiceable amounts to the supplier (tax agency). The following sections of this topic describe how you establish the general settings for a tax agency and how you set up a tax agency for each of the cases described above. ## Defining tax agency account In Visma Net, you define a tax agency as a supplier (because you make payments to it) by using the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. In this window, you specify the supplier as a tax agency by selecting the **Supplier is tax agency** check box, which causes the **Tax agency settings** tab to appear in the window. On this tab, you should specify the specific settings for the tax agency. To ease data entry when a new tax agency is created, you can create a **supplier class** that is designed for tax agency accounts. When you create a new tax agency, you select this class, and the system fills in the settings you have established for it, such as the country, the terms of payment, and the General ledger accounts. You can overwrite the default values for a particular tax agency, if needed. ## Setting up a tax agency for tax reporting For each tax agency to which you will report taxes, you specify the following tax report-related parameters on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window: ### Reporting period type You can specify the reporting period (**Semi-monthly**, **Monthly**, **Once in two months**, **Quarterly**, **Semi-annually**, **Yearly**, or **By financial period**). You can change the period type after all the year's reporting periods are closed. ### General ledger accounts You can specify the following General ledger accounts, which will be used for keeping all tax-related payments: Tax payable account : This account accumulates the tax amounts that should be paid to a tax agency. (For example: Tax amounts resulting from sales that are subject to sales tax.) Tax claimable account : This account accumulates the tax amounts that should be claimed from a tax agency. (For example: Tax amounts resulting from purchases that are subject to VAT.) Tax expense account : This account accumulates the tax-related expenses. (For example: Tax amounts resulting from purchases that are subject to use tax.) ### Start date of tax year You can specify the date when the tax year should start for the selected tax agency. If the tax year is already configured for the tax agency, you can change the start date of the next tax year, so that the current tax year will be shorten. To change the start date, you should select the required date from the list. Thus, your current tax year will end one day before the specified date. For example: Suppose that the tax year currently configured in your system ends on 31.12.2020 and that you specify the start date of the next tax year as 1.8.2020. After you save this change, your current tax year will end on 31.7.2020, and will consist of seven periods. ### Tax report precision You can specify the maximum number (0 through 9) of decimal places in the values (tax amounts and taxable amounts) gathered in the VAT report lines. You can instead use the decimal precision of the reporting currency by selecting the **Use currency precision** check box (which makes the **Tax report precision** field unavailable). ### Tax report rounding You can specify the rounding rule for adjusting the values gathered in the tax report, so they will be rounded to the number of decimal places according to the defined precision. To do this, select one of the following options: **Mathematical**, **Ceiling**, or **Floor**. After you have specified and saved the settings on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window, you configure the VAT reporting functionality for the tax agency by completing the following tasks: 1. In the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, configure a VAT report for a particular tax agency. 1. In the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, create all taxes applied by this tax agency with their effective rates and effective dates (if you haven't already created these taxes). For each of these taxes, select the tax agency account in the **Tax agency ID** field (on the **Tax settings** tab). 1. Set up the tax calculation. For details, see: [Set up VAT calculation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/set-up-vat-calculation/). Thus, the tax report configured for a specific tax agency will accumulate only the taxes defined for that tax agency. ## Setting up a tax agency for direct payment of taxes For each tax agency for which you will pay the taxes directly, you need to configure this functionality by completing the following tasks: 1. In the [Payment terms (CS206500)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/payment-terms-cs206500/) window, create the payment terms for the tax agency (if these terms have not already been created), and specify them for the tax agency on the **General settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. 1. In the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, create required taxes and select the **Enter from VAT invoice** check box for each tax. 1. Set up the tax calculation. For details, see: [About prerequisites and preparation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/set-up-calculation/about-prerequisites-and-preparation/). To pay the tax to the tax agency, you need to create a VAT invoice by using the [VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-invoices-and-adjustments-tx303000/) window, and pay it. Set up a tax agency /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies/set-up-a-tax-agency section Before you create a tax agency account, you can create a supplier class for tax agency accounts by using the Supplier classes (AP201000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Set up a tax agency Before you create a tax agency account, you can create a supplier class for tax agency accounts by using the Supplier classes (AP201000) window. For more information: [Supplier classes (AP201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-classes-ap201000/). Before you create a tax agency account, you can create a supplier class for tax agency accounts by using the [Supplier classes (AP201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-classes-ap201000/) window. You can perform this optional step if such a class has not already been defined and if you want to speed the process of defining tax agencies with similar properties. 1. Go to the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. 1. In the **Supplier no.** field, enter the unique identifier to be used for the tax agency account being created. 1. In the **Supplier name** field, enter the name of the tax agency. 1. In the **Status** field, leave **Active** so that the account will be available for selection. 1. On the **General settings** tab, specify the following settings: 1. In the **Supplier properties** section, select the **Supplier is tax agency** check box. The **Tax agency settings** tab appears in the window. 1. Optional: In the **Financial settings** section, select the supplier class for a tax agency (if you have created such a class). If you select such a class, the system fills in the common properties of the tax agency accounts. Otherwise, the default supplier class is specified. 1. If this is an agency to which you will be paying taxes directly, in the **Terms** field, specify the terms of payment for the tax agency. 1. On the **General ledger accounts** tab, specify the expense account and cash discount account (and corresponding subaccounts); otherwise, the tax agency account cannot be saved in the system. 1. If you are creating a tax agency for which taxes will be paid directly, on the **Payment settings** tab, in the **Default payment settings** section, perform the following instructions: 1. In the **Payment method** field, specify the method of paying the taxes to the tax agency. 1. In the **Cash account** field, specify the cash account to be used for operations with the tax agency. 1. In the **Payment by** field, select **Due date**. The **Discount date** option is not applicable for a tax agency account. 1. On the **Tax agency settings** tab, do the following: 1. In the **Reporting period type** field, specify the period of tax reporting prescribed by the tax agency. The following options are available: **Semi-monthly**, **Monthly**, **Once in two months**, **Quarterly**, **Semi-annually**, **Yearly**, and **By financial period**. 1. Optional: Select the **Use financial period end date to report tax** check box, if you need to report taxes to the tax period to which the end date of the financial period of corresponding document belongs. Otherwise, the taxes will be reported to the tax period to which the date of a document belongs. 1. Optional: Select the **Set start date of tax year** check box, if you need to specify manually the date when the tax year should start. The **Set start date of tax year** field will appear. If you do not set up the start date manually, the system uses January 1 as the start date of the tax year for the tax agency. 1. In the **Set start date of tax year** field, specify the required start date of the tax year for this tax agency. For the tax agency, for which the tax year is already configured in your system, you can change the start date of the next tax year by selecting the required date from the list. In this case, the current tax year will end one day before the specified date. 1. Optional: In the **Tax payable account** field, specify the account to accumulate the tax amounts that have to be paid to the tax agency. 1. Optional: In the **Tax claimable account** field, specify the account to accumulate the tax amounts that have to be claimed from the tax agency. 1. Optional: In the **Tax expense account** field, specify the account to accumulate the tax amounts calculated based on the use taxes or the deductible value-added taxes (which are considered expenses for the company) that have to be paid to the tax agency. 1. In the **Tax report rounding** field, select the rounding rule to be used to calculate the tax amount on tax reports to this tax agency. The following options are available: **Mathematical**, **Ceiling**, and **Floor**. 1. In the **Tax report precision** field, enter the numeric value that specifies the maximum number of decimal places in the values in tax reports. 1. Optional: If you want to leave the decimal precision of the reporting currency, select the **Use currency precision** check box. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The tax agency account is created and active. Parent topic: [About tax agency account setup](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies/about-tax-agency-account-setup/) Create a VAT invoice /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies/create-a-vat-invoice section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a VAT invoice 1. Go to the [VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-invoices-and-adjustments-tx303000/) window. 1. In the **Type** field, select **Purchase invoice**. 1. In the **Supplier** field, select the tax agency on whose behalf you are creating the invoice and to which you need to make the payment. The system inserts the default values (those that are specified for the selected tax agency account) in the corresponding fields ( **Location**, **Currency**, **Terms**, and **Due date** ). Change any of these values, if needed. 1. In the **Supplier ref.** field, specify the number the supplier has assigned to the document. > [!NOTE] > This field can be mandatory or optional, depending on whether the **Require supplier reference** check box is selected in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/) window. If it is mandatory but you do not have the number of the supplier's document, for example, when you pay in advance and have not received the document from the supplier yet, you can enter any number in this field. 1. On the **Apply VAT to** tab, add the documents to apply the tax to as follows: 1. On the table toolbar, click **Add documents**. The **Add documents** dialog box opens. 1. In the **VAT ID** field, select the tax that you need to apply to the document. Only the taxes with the **Enter from VAT invoice** check box selected in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window are available for selection. 1. In the list of documents that appear in the table (in the lower part of the **Add documents** dialog box), select the unlabelled check box for the document or documents to which you want to apply the tax. 1. Click **Add and close**. The documents appear in the invoice, the tax amount is calculated automatically, and the dialog box is closed. 1. In the **VAT zone** column, specify the VAT zone of the supplier for each added document (row). 1. In the top area of the window, enter the tax amount into the **Amount** field. 1. Clear the **Hold** check box. The status of the invoice should change to **Balanced**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The VAT invoice is created and saved in the system. Parent topic: [About tax agency account setup](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-tax-agencies/about-tax-agency-account-setup/) Configure VAT reports /visma-net-erp/help/vat/configure-vat-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure VAT reports About VAT report configuration /visma-net-erp/help/vat/configure-vat-reports/about-vat-report-configuration page A VAT report 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT report configuration A VAT report + is a document that contains the VAT information related to your business. + must be filed to a respective tax agency once per reporting period. + is usually set up in a worksheet format that is determined by the particular tax agency. In Visma Net, you can configure the content elements of the VAT report based on the report window provided by the responsible tax agency, and define the rules for automatically filling the VAT report by appropriate values. You can configure a VAT report in Visma Net to set up the processes of accumulating taxes and preparing the VAT report when it comes due. To configure a VAT report, you should use as a template a blank VAT report window from the particular VAT collection agency, and create a similar window in Visma Net. > [!NOTE] > You can reconfigure the VAT report before the VAT report has been prepared (in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window) for the first reporting period. Once the first VAT report is prepared, you cannot reconfigure the VAT report structure. ## VAT report configuration process In Visma Net, a VAT report is represented as a table. Each row of the table holds a accumulated VAT amount or taxable amount calculated on sales or purchases that occurred during the VAT reporting period, or a sum or difference of these amounts. The number of lines in a particular VAT report may vary depending on the number of taxes you need to report. To start the VAT report configuration process, you create the required lines in the report by using the **Report lines** tab of the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, and specify the type of the amount that should be accumulated in each line (a VAT amount or a taxable amount). The number of the lines is prescribed by the VAT report template from the applicable tax agency. But you can create additional lines in the VAT report for your personal purposes, for example, to accumulate some VAT amounts that should not be reported to the tax agency but that supervisors want to see. In that case, you create the line and select the **Hide report line** check box for that line, so the amount will be accumulated in that line, but the line itself will be excluded from the VAT report during its generation. After you have created the required lines for the VAT report, you need to create a **reporting group** or multiple reporting groups by using the **Reporting groups** tab. A **reporting group** is a Visma Net entity that combines one report line or multiple report lines (which you add into the group later) and acts as a link between a particular VAT and these report lines. Thus, the VAT amounts and taxable amounts calculated based on this VAT in all sales or purchase documents update the lines included in the reporting group. Later, you will specify a reporting group or multiple reporting groups for each VAT. A reporting group can have one of the following types: + An **Output** group is specified for a VAT that must be paid to a tax agency. + An **Input** group is specified for a VAT that can be claimed from a tax agency. The type of reporting group you specify for a VAT depends on the type of the particular tax. You specify the type of reporting group by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window as follows: + For **VAT**, define an **input** reporting group for VAT amounts calculated on purchase invoices and adjustments that should be claimed from the tax agency, and an **output** reporting group for VAT amounts calculated on sales invoices and notes that should be paid to the tax agency. You can create multiple reporting groups of the same type and associate each tax in the system with a particular reporting group. Alternatively, you can create just one reporting group of each type (one **input** reporting group and one **output** reporting group) and associate multiple taxes with the same reporting group to accumulate the total VAT amount and total taxable amount for a reporting period. Your selected approach depends on the requirements of the tax agency and your needs. Once you have configured the elements of the VAT report (the report lines and reporting groups), you need to add report lines to each reporting group you have created, and then to associate each VAT in the system with the appropriate reporting group, so that the taxes will be associated with the reporting groups, which in turn are related to some report lines. Thus, the VAT amounts will be accumulated in the specific lines of the VAT report. Perform these configuration tasks: 1. By using the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window, add the required report lines to each reporting group. To do this, select the tax agency account for which the VAT report is configured and the reporting group to which you need to add the report lines. After that, add the appropriate lines into the group by clicking the **Add row** button in the table toolbar. > [!NOTE] > Make sure you have added the correct report lines into the particular reporting group to prevent distributing VAT amounts or taxable amounts into the wrong lines. 1. By using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, associate each VAT in the system with the reporting group that contains report lines that should be updated by amounts calculated based on this VAT. To do this, select the VAT in the **VAT ID** field, and specify the reporting group in the **Reporting group** column on the **VAT schedule** tab. ## General steps of VAT report configuration In summary, the following general steps have to be performed when you set up a VAT report in Visma Net: 1. In the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, start configuring the VAT report by creating the required lines that the VAT report should include. For each line, specify the type of amount to be accumulated (VAT amount or taxable amount). 1. On the **Reporting groups** tab of the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, create reporting groups to combine report lines to be updated by the amounts (VAT or taxable) calculated based on the specific VAT. Add the required lines into each reporting group by using the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window. 1. In the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, specify the reporting group (or groups) for each VAT, so that the VAT amounts and taxable amounts calculated based on that VAT will be automatically accumulated in the report lines combined by the specified reporting group. ## The aggregate report line and the calculation rule column In the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, when you select a tax agency, the VAT report configured for the selected tax agency opens. On the **Report lines** tab, in the **Calc. rule** column, the system can show the formula such as "2+4" in the report line that has been configured as an aggregate line. It means, that the amounts that update the 2nd line and the amounts that update the 4th line are also update this line (which, in this topic, we call the aggregate line for the recognition). The numbers in this formula mean the order numbers of the lines in the VAT report. The line numbers are determined and inserted by the system automatically according to the settings, which you have specified in the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window (in which you have specified the report lines that should be updated by the respective reporting group that, in its turn, is associated with a particular VAT). Consider an example in which the system determines the calculation rule and inserts it into the corresponding line. Suppose that you have created five lines in the VAT report on the **Report lines** tab of the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window: 1. VAT amount (sales VAT) 1. Taxable amount (sales VAT) 1. VAT amount (use VAT) 1. Taxable amount (use VAT) 1. Total VAT amount (sales VAT and use VAT) Then suppose that you have created two reporting groups: one reporting group for a sales VAT, and one reporting group for a use VAT. In the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window, you specify which report lines should be updated by which taxes by using reporting groups as follows: 1. The output reporting group associated with the sales VAT should update lines 1 and 5; the sales VAT amount is collected in a separate line and in the total VAT amount line. 1. The output reporting group associated with the use VAT should update lines 3 and 5; the use VAT amount is collected in a separate line and in the total VAT amount line. > [!NOTE] > Ignore the taxable amount lines here because the calculation rule is the same for them. Here, you can see that line number 5 should be updated by the same amounts as the lines1 and 3. As a result, on the **Reporting line** tab in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, the following formula will appear in the **Calc. rule** column in the line number 5: **1+3**. You can set up a more complicated configuration when the aggregate report line will accumulate multiple amounts, which at the same time update other lines of the VAT report. ## VAT reporting period For each supplier (tax agency), you can specify a particular frequency of VAT report preparation by selecting an appropriate option in the **Reporting period type** field on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window; it can be **Semi-monthly**, **Monthly**, **Once in two months**, **Quarterly**, **Semi-annually**, **Yearly**, or **By financial period**. The selected reporting period type determines the VAT reporting periods defined for the tax agency. You can view these VAT periods while preparing a VAT report in the **Reporting period** field in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. You can prepare at least one VAT report for each VAT reporting period depending on whether the **Update closed reporting periods** check box is selected for the tax agency in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window or not. ## Report lines itemised by VAT zones In the VAT report, you can configure the report lines to be itemised by VAT zones. That is, the amount accumulated in the particular line will be split by VAT zones, with a separate line shown for each involved VAT zone. To configure the report line in this way, select the **Detail by VAT zones** check box for the required line on the **Report lines** tab of the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window. To view report lines that are split by VAT zones, select the **Show VAT zones** check box in the top part of this window. As a result, the VAT report that you prepare in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window will contain the lines with the corresponding amounts itemised by VAT zones. You can also configure report lines that show amounts related to a particular VAT zone. To do this, on the **Report lines** tab in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, select the required VAT zone in the **VAT zone ID** column for the required report line or lines. As a result, an appropriate VAT or taxable amount calculated in sales or purchase documents related to a selected VAT zone will update this report line. ## Report currency If the **Multi-currency accounting** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window, you can specify a particular currency for a tax agency (which is defined in the system as a supplier) in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. This currency will be used for creating a VAT report for this tax agency. If the currency of a VAT report (which is the currency of the tax agency) is different from the currency of a document subjected to specific VAT, the system uses the exchange rate between these currencies of the type assigned to the tax agency effective on the date of the document. You can enter the exchange rates that might be needed for VAT reports by using the [Currency rates (CM301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/currency-management/currency-management-windows/currency-rates-cm301000/) window. ## Purchase invoice on release of a VAT report You use the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window to release the prepared VAT report. You can set up the system to generate a purchase invoice on release of the VAT report. The purchase invoice will contain the total VAT amount that you must pay to the tax agency for the selected reporting period. To set up the system to generate a purchase invoice while releasing a VAT report, in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, you need to configure the line that accumulates the appropriate VAT amounts, and select the **Net** check box in that line. Once a VAT report is released, the system generates a purchase invoice, which appears on the **Supplier ledger documents** tab of the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. To open and view the invoice, you need to click its number in the **Ref. no.** column. If you have posted any documents to a closed reporting period for which you have already released a VAT report, you can prepare a revision of the VAT report for the closed reporting period. The functionality of updating a closed reporting periods is available if the **Update closed reporting periods** check box is selected for the tax agency on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. Once you have prepared and released a VAT report for the closed reporting period, the system generates another purchase invoice, which appears on the **Supplier ledger documents** tab of the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. Configure a VAT report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/configure-vat-reports/configure-a-vat-report section You use the Reporting settings (TX205100) window to configure the content of a VAT report, and to specify the rules of accumulating the data in the report lines. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure a VAT report You use the Reporting settings (TX205100) window to configure the content of a VAT report, and to specify the rules of accumulating the data in the report lines. For more information: [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/). ## Before you proceed Before you configure the VAT report, make sure that: + The tax agency account has been properly defined. + All required taxes (that is, those to be reported on) have been created in the system. ## Configure a VAT report 1. Go to the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window. 1. In the **Tax agency ID** field, select the tax agency account for which you want to configure a VAT report. 1. On the **Report lines** tab, do the following for each line of the VAT report that you want to create: 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Update with** column, select the type of amount that should be accumulated in the line, **VAT amount** or **Taxable amount**. 1. In the **Update rule** column, select the rule that indicates how transactions related to sales or purchases should update the amount in this line. The following options are available: + **+Output–Input**: Select this rule if you need to accumulate the difference between the VAT amount or taxable amount that should be paid to the tax agency and the amount that should be claimed from a tax agency. + **+Input–Output**: Select this rule if you need to accumulate the difference between the VAT amount or taxable amount that should be claimed from a tax agency and the VAT amount or taxable amount that should be paid to the tax agency. 1. Optional: In the **Description** column, enter a clear description of the amount accumulated in this line. 1. Optional: In the **VAT zone ID** column, select a VAT zone if you want the VAT amount or taxable amount in the line to correspond to the selected VAT zone only. 1. Optional: Select the **Detail by VAT zones** check box in the line to generate the detail lines that display a VAT amount or taxable amount of this line for each of the possible VAT zones. (For example: The VAT amount on sales for the period will be divided into multiple amounts that correspond to the zones of sales.) > [!NOTE] > To view these detail lines, you need to select the **Show VAT zones** check box in the selection area of this window. 1. Optional: Select the **Net tax** check box if you want the system to generate the invoice upon release of the VAT report. > [!NOTE] > This line will be updated when a VAT adjustment document is released for an open VAT reporting period. 1. Optional: If you have configured this line to accumulate an amount just for test or control purposes but need to exclude it from the VAT report during its generation, select the **Hide report line** check box. 1. Optional: If you want to create your own numeration of the lines in the report window, enter the appropriate number into the **VAT field number** column. 1. On the **Reporting groups** tab, create each reporting group as follows: 1. Click ![icon-add](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-add.png). 1. In the **Name** column, enter an appropriate name for the reporting group being created. 1. In the **Group type** column, select one of the following types of reporting group: + **Output**. For taxes payable to a tax agency + **Input**. For taxes claimable from a tax agency 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). The VAT report is configured for the specified tax agency. ## Configure a reporting group Now you need to link all the created entities to one another as follows: 1. Add appropriate report lines to each reporting group by using the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window in the following way: 1. Go to the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window. 1. In the **Tax agency ID** field, select the tax agency for which a VAT report is to be configured. 1. In the **Reporting group** field, select the reporting group into which you need to add the report lines. 1. In the table toolbar, click **Add row**, and in the **Report line** column, select the appropriate line from the list. Repeat this step for each required line. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). 1. Associate a reporting group with a particular VAT entity by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window in the following way: 1. Go to the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. 1. In the **VAT ID** field of the **VAT settings** tab, select the **VAT**. 1. On the **VAT schedule** in the **Reporting group** column, select the appropriate reporting group from the list of available groups. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Perform the following tasks: 1. Add report lines with a reporting group. In the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window, select a tax agency, select a reporting group, and in the table, add the lines of the VAT report that should be updated by the specified reporting group. 1. For each VAT, open the VAT in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window, and in the **VAT schedule** tab, associate the VAT with the appropriate reporting group. Therefore, this VAT (that is, the VAT amount and taxable amount calculated in the sales or purchase document) will be distributed into the lines of the VAT report specified in this reporting group. Now the VAT report configuration process is completed, and you can prepare a VAT report for an open reporting period. You can reconfigure the VAT report settings right before preparing a VAT report. Manage VAT reports /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage VAT reports About VAT report preparation /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-preparation page In Visma Net, you can prepare a VAT report for a particular tax agency. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT report preparation In Visma Net, you can prepare a VAT report for a particular tax agency. In Visma Net, you can prepare a VAT report for a particular tax agency. A VAT report can be prepared either for an open reporting period, or for a closed reporting period if the **Update closed reporting periods** check box is selected for a tax agency on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. The frequency of preparing VAT reports depends on the setting that you specify for a tax agency in the **Reporting period type** field in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. If your company contains multiple branches, you prepare a VAT report for each particular branch. Once you have prepared VAT reports for all your branches, you can release a VAT report for each required branch and close corresponding reporting period. The sections below describe the processes of creating VAT reports for open reporting periods and for closed reporting periods. ## Preparing a VAT report for an open reporting period To prepare a VAT report for an open reporting period, in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window, you should select the required branch (if any), the tax agency and an open reporting period. > [!NOTE] > All previous reporting periods should be closed. The VAT report structure that was previously configured for the selected tax agency appears with the numeric values (VAT amounts and taxable amounts) in its lines. The system has recorded these values to the VAT report “on the fly” each time a user has entered any taxable document into the system. To process VAT report preparation, you need to click **Prepare VAT report** in the window toolbar. Visma Net checks to be sure that all the VAT report entities were configured correctly, and if no errors have occurred, prepares the VAT report and opens the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. ## Preparing a VAT report for a closed reporting period You can prepare another revision of the VAT report for a closed reporting period, for which a VAT report has already been prepared (or multiple reports have been prepared). This functionality is available for tax agencies for which the **Update closed reporting periods** check box is selected on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. To prepare a VAT report for a closed reporting period, in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window, select the required branch (if any), the tax agency, and the required closed reporting period. If new transactions were posted in the selected period, the **Prepare VAT report** button becomes available in the window toolbar. When you click this button, the VAT report will be prepared and the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window will open, in which you can release the VAT report. ## VAT report revisions When you have prepared a VAT report for a closed reporting period, the revision number of this VAT report changes (it is incremented by 1) in the **Revision ID** field in the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. You can view each particular revision of the VAT report by selecting the required revision number in this field: + If you clear the **Show differences** check box next to the **Revision** field, the VAT report shows the amounts (VAT and taxable) taken from the documents posted since the beginning of the VAT reporting period (since the initial VAT report revision) till the selected revision of the VAT report. + If you select the **Show difference** check box, the VAT report shows the amounts taken from the documents posted between the selected revision and the previous revision of the VAT report. You can prepare as many revisions of the VAT report for the same (closed) reporting period as needed (for example, you can do it each time any documents are posted to the closed VAT period). About VAT report release /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-release page Once you prepare the VAT report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, the Process VAT report (TX502000) window automatically opens. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT report release Once you prepare the VAT report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, the Process VAT report (TX502000) window automatically opens. For more information: [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/), [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/). Once you prepare the VAT report in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window, the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window automatically opens. In the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window, you can release the VAT report for the selected branch, reporting period, and tax agency by clicking**Close period**in the window toolbar. When the report is released, the system closes the selected reporting period. Depending on the settings in your system, it can also generate a purchase invoice with the VAT amount to be paid to the selected tax agency, as described below. > [!NOTE] > The VAT report cannot be released and the VAT period cannot be closed, if there is an unreleased VAT adjustment in the selected VAT period. ## Supplier ledger documents generated on release of the VAT report You can set up the system to generate a purchase invoice once the VAT report is released. The purchase invoice will contain the total VAT amount that you must pay to the tax agency for the selected reporting period according to the released VAT report. After the VAT report is released, the corresponding purchase invoice appears in the table on the **Supplier documents** tab in the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. To set up the system to generate a purchase invoice while releasing a VAT report, in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window, you need to configure a reporting line that accumulates appropriate VAT amount, and select the **Net VAT** check box for that line. Only if this check box is selected, the system will generate purchase invoices when a VAT report is released. If you prepare and release a VAT report for a closed reporting period (that is, for a period for which the VAT report has been already released, the system will generate another purchase invoice according to this revision of the VAT report. This purchase invoice will be listed on the **Supplier documents** tab in this window (in addition to the purchase invoice generated by the previous release). Each purchase invoice will contain an amount of a particular VAT report revision. About operations with VAT reports /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-operations-with-vat-reports page Once you prepare the VAT report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, the Process VAT report (TX502000) window opens. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About operations with VAT reports Once you prepare the VAT report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, the Process VAT report (TX502000) window opens. For more information: [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/), [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/). Before you release the VAT report (which closes the corresponding financial period and generates the appropriate purchase invoice, as described in [About VAT report release](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-release/) ), you can perform the following operations with the VAT report: + Adjusting the amounts shown in the VAT report + Voiding the VAT report + Viewing the details of the VAT report + Viewing different revisions of the VAT reports (if any) These operations are described in detail in the sections below in this topic. ## Adjusting the VAT report You can create a VAT adjustment document manually to adjust the appropriate VAT and taxable amounts in the prepared VAT report. In the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window, click **Adjust VAT**, the [VAT adjustments (TX301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-adjustments-tx301000/)window opens or open the [VAT adjustments (TX301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-adjustments-tx301000/)window manually by clicking **VAT adjustments** in the navigation menu. In the [VAT adjustments (TX301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-adjustments-tx301000/) window, in the **Type** field, you can select one the following types of the adjustment document to be created: Adjust output : With this type of the document, you can adjust the VAT and taxable amounts for the VAT, for which the **Output** reporting group is configured in the system (for example, the sales VAT). Once you have selected this type, you should select an appropriate VAT in the **VAT ID** field on the **Documents details** tab, and then enter the required amounts in the **Taxable amount** and **VAT amount** fields. You can enter either positive or negative amounts depending on whether you need to increase or reduce the corresponding VAT and taxable amounts in the VAT report. Adjust input : With this type, you can adjust the VAT and taxable amounts for the taxes, for which the **Input** reporting group is configured in the system (for example, VAT). Once you have selected this type, you should select an appropriate VAT in the **VAT ID** field on the **Documents details** tab, and then enter the required amounts in the **Taxable amount** and **VAT amount** fields. You can enter either positive or negative amounts depending on whether you need to increase or reduce the corresponding VAT and taxable amounts in the VAT report. Once you create and save VAT adjustment documents, the system generates general ledger batch that updates a VAT payable (or VAT claimable) account and expense account assigned to the supplier (tax agency). The values in the report lines change automatically. ## Voiding the VAT report You can void a prepared VAT report if there are new transactions in the selected reporting period that you want to add to the VAT report. You void a VAT report by clicking **Void report** in the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. When you do, the system changes the status for the corresponding reporting period from **Prepared** to **Open**, and opens the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window, in which you can prepare another VAT report for the selected reporting period. If your company consists of multiple branches, you void a VAT report for a selected branch only. Then, you can release VAT reports for company branches and close the reporting period only when you prepare again the voided VAT report for a selected branch. If you void a VAT report in the reporting period in which released VAT adjustments exist, these VAT adjustments will not be included in another VAT report that you will later prepare for this VAT period. These VAT adjustments will only be included in the VAT report of the next VAT period. ## Viewing released VAT reports You can view the VAT report of any tax agency for the specified closed or prepared VAT reporting period in the following ways: + In the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. In this window, the VAT report is displayed in the table with the filled report lines. + By running the VAT summary report in the [VAT summary (TX62100S) report](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-tx62100s/) window. In this window, the report lists the report lines and their respective amounts. + By running the VAT details report in the [VAT details (TX62051S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-tx62051s/) window. In this window, the report lists the report lines with the respective amounts and the reference numbers of the documents from which these amounts were taken. ## Viewing the documents used for VAT reports You can view the documents whose amounts were accumulated in the VAT report by using the [VAT report details (TX502010)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-report-details-tx502010/)window. In this window, you need to select the tax agency for which the VAT report has been created, the required VAT reporting period, and any line of the VAT report for which you need to view the details. After that, the list of documents meeting the selected criteria appears in the table. To open the window that shows one of these documents, click the reference number of the document in the **Ref. no.** column. ## Viewing the details of different VAT report revisions In the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window, you can view the details of different revisions of the VAT report that have been prepared for the same reporting period.

Concepts

Tasks

Prepare a VAT report for an open reporting period /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-a-vat-report-for-an-open-reporting-period page You use the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window to generate a VAT report for a specified tax agency. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare a VAT report for an open reporting period You use the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window to generate a VAT report for a specified tax agency. For more information: [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/). 1. Go to the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. 1. In the **Branch** field, select the branch on behalf of which the VAT report will be prepared. > [!NOTE] > This field is available only if the **Multi-branch support** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. 1. In the **Tax agency ID** field, select the tax agency account for which you prepare the VAT report. 1. In the **Reporting period** field, select the open VAT period you want to prepare the VAT report for. The previous reporting period should be closed. You can prepare a VAT report for a closed reporting period if the **Update closed reporting periods** check box is selected for a tax agency account. For details, see: [Prepare VAT report for closing VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-vat-report-for-closing-vat-periods/). 1. In the window toolbar, click **Prepare VAT report**. As a result of these steps, the system prepares the VAT report for the specified tax agency and automatically opens the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. In this window, you can release the VAT report and close the reporting period. **Parent topic:** [About VAT report preparation](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-preparation/) Prepare VAT report for closing VAT periods /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-vat-report-for-closing-vat-periods page Before sending your VAT report to the authorities, you need to prepare the respective VAT period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare VAT report for closing VAT periods Before sending your VAT report to the authorities, you need to prepare the respective VAT period. ## Before you start The VAT authority supplier must have a bank account or an IBAN before you can close the VAT report period. This is normally done during the first time installation. In Norway, before you can send the report to the tax authorities, you need to register Visma Net as accounting program in Altinn with a code and a password. This has to be entered in the AutoReport service, and you are told to register this first time or until you have done it in AutoReport. In the Netherlands, before you can send the report to the tax authorities, you must upload a client and server certificate in the [Branches (CS102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/branches-cs102000/) window. 1. Go to the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. 1. Select your **Tax agency**. 1. Select the **Reporting period**. 1. Click **Prepare VAT report**. You are now navigated to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. ## What is next? [Process and close VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-and-close-vat-periods/)

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Prepare a supplementary year based VAT report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-a-supplementary-year-based-vat-report page To send to the tax authorities a supplementary VAT report for the entire year, you need you need to close the respective VAT period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare a supplementary year based VAT report To send to the tax authorities a supplementary VAT report for the entire year, you need you need to close the respective VAT period. ## Before you start 1. [Enable supplementary VAT reports](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/suppliers/enable-supplementary-vat-reports/) 1. To send a supplementary VAT report for the entire year to the tax authorities, close the respective VAT periods: [Process and close VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-and-close-vat-periods/) 1. Go to the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. 1. Select your **Tax agency**. 1. In the **Reporting period** field, select the open period you want to report. The **Status** field indicates if the period is open. 1. Select the **Enable transactions from previous periods** check box. 1. Click **Prepare VAT report**. You are now navigated to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. 1. Follow the steps here: [Prepare VAT report for closing VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-vat-report-for-closing-vat-periods/). 1. Go back to the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. 1. In the **Reporting period** field, select the same period that you selected in step 3. The **Status** field states that the period is **Closed**. 1. Deselect the **Enable transaction from previous periods** check box. 1. Click **Prepare VAT report**. You are again navigated to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. > [!NOTE] > For the Netherlands, if the additional amount is >1000, you will get the error message **One or more VAT transactions from previous periods will be reported in the current period. The VAT amount for these periods is {0} and the limit is {1}. A supplementary report is required. Select the previous period to report the supplementary report. Click View VAT periods for more details.** ## What is next? [Process and send a supplementary year based VAT report](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-and-send-a-supplementary-year-based-vat-report/)

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Reconcile VAT and the general ledger /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/reconcile-vat-and-the-general-ledger page If there are unreleased transactions with a VAT ID in the system, you will get a warning when you are preparing the VAT report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reconcile VAT and the general ledger If there are unreleased transactions with a VAT ID in the system, you will get a warning when you are preparing the VAT report. 1. Go to the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. 1. Click **Unreleased documents** to run the report in the window. > [!NOTE] > You can also run an inquiry from the [VAT account control details (TX40400S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-account-control-details-tx40400s/) window, or a report from the [VAT specification (TX62050S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-specification-tx62050s/) window.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Prepare an RF-1301 report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-an-rf-1301-report page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare an RF-1301 report 1. Go to the [Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-rf-1301-report-tx50200s/) window. 1. In the **Reporting year** drop-down list, select the reporting year you want to get purchase invoices for. If you have created filters in step 2 of the work process, the results you get when you generate the report, will reflect the filters you have given. 1. Click **Generate**. The status is **Open**. In the table, you see the suppliers that you have to report invoices for. 1. Optional: Click any of the amount links in the fields **Original service/labour amount**, **Service/labour amount**, or **Total amount** to see the details of the purchase invoices in the **RF-1301 report details** window. You can also click the **View report details** button. To open the individual invoice, click the invoice reference number. 1. Click **Prepare to send**. The report's status is changed to **Prepared**. The [Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/release-rf-1301-report-tx50700s/) window is displayed. > [!NOTE] > that it is the amount in the **Service/labour amount** column that is reported to the government, not the figure in the **Total amount** column. ## What is next? [Release an RF-1301 report](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-an-rf-1301-report/)

Tasks

Windows

Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)

Process an RF-1301 report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-an-rf-1301-report page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process an RF-1301 report ## Release RF-1301 report 1. The report you prepared is displayed in the [Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/release-rf-1301-report-tx50700s/) window. 1. To send the report, click **Send**. The status changes from **Open** to **Sent to AutoReport**. If you get a message that the report has not been received by AutoReport, you can wait a few minutes and then click **Resend**. You can only report positive or zero values to the government. Negative amounts will not be sent. Your reporting is done by calendar year, not by financial year. ## Void a report You can choose to void the report you have prepared, for example, if you have more purchase invoices that should be included in the report. 1. Click **Void report**. The [Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-rf-1301-report-tx50200s/) window is displayed again, so you can generate a new report.

Tasks

Windows

Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)

Report cross-year debit adjustments /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/report-cross-year-debit-adjustments page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Report cross-year debit adjustments ## Before you start When you receive a credit note that is linked to one or more invoices within the current reporting year, you will need to manually specify how much of the credited amount is allocated to system and/or labour for that reporting year. The example below shows you how to report purchase credit notes that cross years. In the example, 2020 is the reporting year and 2021 the year when you are going to deliver the report. 1. Go to the [Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-rf-1301-report-tx50200s/) window. 1. Prepare the report according to the steps in [Prepare an RF-1301 report](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-an-rf-1301-report/). 1. Click **View report details** to correct the amount for a purchase credit note. The **RF-1301 report details** window is displayed. 1. Look for the credit note you want to adjust the amount for. > [!NOTE] > Use the document data/year to see all documents with a different year than reporting year. 1. In the **Service/labour amount** column of the credit note, you see that the amount on the purchase credit note is zero. You must now enter which part of the amount in the credit note is service and/or labour. Change the amount to the correct amount. **Important:** A purchase credit note which crosses the boundary of a year will be visible in both the year of the purchase credit note and the year of all connected invoices. > [!NOTE] > When you report for 2021, you must also adjust the service/labour amount that is applicable for 2021. ## What is next? For information on how to connect a purchase credit note to a purchase invoice, see [Create a purchase credit note for a purchase invoice](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/process-purchase-invoices/create-a-purchase-credit-note-for-an-existing-purchase-invoice/).

Tasks

Windows

Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S)

Create a VAT adjustment document /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/create-a-vat-adjustment-document section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Create a VAT adjustment document 1. Go to the [VAT adjustments (TX301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-adjustments-tx301000/) window. 1. In the **Type** field, select the type of the document that you want to create: + **Adjust output**: Select this type of the document if you need to adjust the VAT amount and the taxable amount of the VAT with the **output** reporting group specified. + **Adjust input**: Select this type of the document if you need to adjust the VAT amount and the taxable amount of the VAT of the **input** reporting group specified. 1. In the **Tax agency** field, select the tax agency which VAT report you need to update. 1. In the **reporting period** field, select the reporting period for which you are adjusting the VAT report. By default, the only periods available are those for which the VAT reports in the system are prepared (that is, they have the **Prepared** status). 1. In the **Description** field, enter a clear description of the document that is being prepared. 1. On the **Document details** tab, click **Add row**. 1. In the **VAT ID** column, select the required VAT. The system automatically enters the VAT rate, account and subaccount (if any) based on it. You can edit these settings manually, if needed. 1. In the **Taxable amount** column, enter the amount by which the taxable amount (of the specified VAT) should be adjusted in the VAT report. Enter either a positive value to increase the taxable amount in the VAT report, or a negative value to reduce the taxable amount in the VAT report. 1. Optional: In the **VAT amount** column, you can manually edit the VAT amount calculated by the system. 1. In the **VAT zone** field, select the appropriate VAT zone. 1. In the top part, in the **Amount** field, enter the control VAT amount, which should be equal to the amount specified in the **VAT amount** column. 1. Clear the **Hold** check box. The status should change to **Balanced**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) in the window toolbar. The document is saved and you can see its number in the **Ref. no.** field. 1. Click **Release** in the window toolbar. The document is released. On the **Financial details** tab, you can find the batch number of the released document. You can click the number and see the details of the document. As a result of these steps, the values (the VAT amount and taxable amount of the corresponding VAT) are adjusted in the VAT report for the specified reporting period in the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. Release a VAT report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/release-a-vat-report page Release a VAT report for a specified tax agency and to close corresponding reporting period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release a VAT report Release a VAT report for a specified tax agency and to close corresponding reporting period. ## Before you start If you need to release a VAT report for a closed reporting period, ensure that the **Update closed VAT periods** check box is selected for the tax agency on the **Tax agency settings** tab in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. > [!NOTE] > You need to select an tax agency in the **Supplier no.** field to make the **Tax agency settings** tab active. 1. Go to the [Process VAT report (TX502000](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) [tx502000-ref.html](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. > [!NOTE] > If you have been navigated to this window automatically, go to step 5. 1. In the **Company** field, select the required compnay. This field is available only if the **Multi-branch support** check box is selected functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. 1. Optional: In the Branch field, select the required branch. This field is available only if the **Multi-branch support** check box is selected functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. In addition, the **File tax by branch** must be selected on the **Company** or else it is hidden. 1. In the **Tax agency** field, select the tax agency for which the VAT report has been prepared. 1. In the **Reporting period** field, select the reporting period that the VAT report covers. 1. Click **Close period**, to release the VAT report and close the reporting period, in the window toolbar,. With the release of the VAT report, the system closes the corresponding reporting period and generates a purchase invoice that appears on the on the **Supplier documents** tab. The purchase invoice contains the total VAT amount that you must pay to the tax agency specified in the VAT report. > [!NOTE] > > [!NOTE] > > A purchase invoice is generated only if this functionality is configured in your system. Or if an appropriate row is properly configured and the **Net VAT** check box is selected for this row on the **Report lines** tab in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Process and close VAT periods /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-and-close-vat-periods page These instructions show you how to close the VAT period for the prepared period and how to send the report to the authorities after the closing. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process and close VAT periods These instructions show you how to close the VAT period for the prepared period and how to send the report to the authorities after the closing. If you have selected and enabled the **Multi-branch support** check box in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window you have to close each company separately. Note that as long as the financial periods within a closed VAT period are open, you can still post transactions with VAT in these financial periods. When the tax report for that period is prepared and released, the transactions you enter in these periods will be included in the next VAT period. ## Before you start 1. Go to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window, or you are navigated automatically by the system to this window. 1. Click **Close period**. 1. Click **Send**. Depending on the country and settings, you can now send the report electronically. 1. Your tax agency may now ask you for authentication: Enter all required access data and confirm the sending. In some countries, you have to upload the newly created file and send it directly to the tax authorities. > [!NOTE] > You can re-run the report in case you need to add postings later. Note: You can also divide this process into two steps: + First, [Prepare VAT report for closing VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/prepare-vat-report-for-closing-vat-periods/) and then click **Closed period** in this window. + At a later time, send the VAT report to the tax authorities by re-entering this process in this window.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Process and send a supplementary year based VAT report /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/process-and-send-a-supplementary-year-based-vat-report page 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process and send a supplementary year based VAT report ## Before you start ### Preconditions regarding the tax authorities The VAT authority supplier must have a bank account or an IBAN before you can close the VAT report period. This is normally done during the first time installation. In Norway, before you can send the report to the tax authorities, you need to register Visma Net as accounting program in Altinn with a code and a password. This has to be entered in the AutoReport service, and you are told to register this first time or until you have done it in AutoReport. In the Netherlands, before you can send the report to the tax authorities, you must upload a client and server certificate in the [Branches (CS102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/branches-cs102000/) window. 1. Go to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window, or you are navigated automatically by the system to this window. 1. Check that the **Report type** is **Supplementary report**. 1. Check that **First reporting period** field shows the first period where it is data to report. 1. On the **Details** tab, check that the summary lines reflect the report. 1. Check that the **New total amount** is the same amount as in step 4. 1. Click **Close period**. 1. Click **Send**. Depending on the country and settings, you can now send the report electronically. 1. Your tax agency may now ask you for authentication: Enter all required access data and confirm the sending. In some countries, you have to upload the now created file and send it directly to the tax authorities. > [!NOTE] > You can re-run the report in case you need to add postings later.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Manage VAT periods /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage VAT periods Manage VAT periods /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/manage-vat-periods page An organisation may consist of a number of branches, each with a certain level of autonomy. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage VAT periods An organisation may consist of a number of branches, each with a certain level of autonomy. Each branch can be a separate legal entity, but they all are organised within the same tenant account in Visma Net. These branches may have different durations of VAT periods and even different durations of tax years. Thus, sometimes for a particular branch, you may need to do one of the following: + Set up an individual VAT period duration + Change the VAT period duration for particular reasons (for example, the branch income has changed, so the tax periods have changed from a month to a quarter) + Configure a short tax year In Visma Net, you can configure a tax year for each branch and tax agency combination individually, specify the particular VAT period type, and set up a short tax year. Each branch can prepare, void, and release its own VAT reports and close the branch's own VAT periods separately from one another. The topics of this chapter describe the setup and maintenance of a tax year in Visma Net. ## Topics + [About the setup and maintenance of VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/about-the-setup-and-maintenance-of-vat-periods/) + [Configure a tax year](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/configure-a-tax-year/) About the setup and maintenance of VAT periods /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/about-the-setup-and-maintenance-of-vat-periods section You configure a tax year structure for each particular combination of the branch and tax agency by using the VAT periods (TX207000) window. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About the setup and maintenance of VAT periods You configure a tax year structure for each particular combination of the branch and tax agency by using the VAT periods (TX207000) window. For more information: [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/). ## Setting up VAT periods In the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window, you can set up VAT periods for the selected branch and tax agency. The duration of these VAT periods may differ from the default VAT period type specified for a tax agency in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. To set up VAT periods, in the **Branch** and **Tax agency** fields in the top part of the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window, you select the required branch and tax agency. In the **Tax year** field, specify the tax year for which you are going to configure the periods. Then in the **VAT period type** field, select the required type of a VAT period. Once you select a VAT period type, the system displays the list of VAT periods in the table on the window. > [!NOTE] > You can change the VAT period type only if all of the periods of the selected year have the **Open** status. To complete the process of setting up periods, click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) in the window toolbar. > [!NOTE] > By default, a legal entity has a tax year that starts on January 1, has a duration of one calendar year, and has the period duration specified for the tax agency in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. If you do not need to modify these default settings, you can proceed with tax report preparation without performing any additional configuration in the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window. ## Viewing VAT periods On the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window, you can select the needed branch, tax agency, and tax year in the top part. Once you do, the system displays the list of VAT periods in the table, so that you can review VAT periods and their statuses for the current tax year and or a past tax year. In the table, you can also view the net VAT amounts for the closed VAT periods. ## Shortening a tax year In Visma Net, you can configure a short tax year or a tax year of a duration that is less than 12 month. In the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window, once you select the required combination of the branch and tax agency, you select a needed tax year in the **Tax year** field, and, next to this field, you select the **Short tax year** check box. Once you do, the **Add period** and **Delete period** buttons become available on the table toolbar, so that you can delete and add periods as needed. You save this modified tax year configuration by clicking ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png) in the window toolbar. > [!NOTE] > Only a tax year for which all periods have the **Open** status can be shortened. ## Specifying the default VAT period type The default VAT period type is specified for each tax agency in the **Default VAT period type** field on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. The system uses this VAT period by default for each newly added branch. You can override this setting for a particular tax agency and branch by using the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window. ### Parent topic [Manage VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/manage-vat-periods/) ### Related tasks [Configure a tax year](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/configure-a-tax-year/) Configure a tax year /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/configure-a-tax-year section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Configure a tax year 1. Go to the [VAT periods (TX207000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000/) window. 1. In the **Branch** field, select the branch, for which you want to set up VAT periods. 1. In the **Tax agency** field, select the tax agency whose VAT periods you want to set up. 1. In the **Tax year** field, select the tax year for which you want to set up VAT periods. 1. Optional: Select the **Short tax year** check box to set up periods for a tax year that is shorter than the calendar one. Once you select this check box, the **Delete period** and **Add period** buttons will be available in the table toolbar so you can delete and add periods in the table. 1. Optional: In the **Start date** field (which is available for editing only if there are no tax years in the system for the selected branch and tax agency), select the first day of the tax year. 1. In the **VAT period type** field, select the type, which defines the duration of the VAT periods. The available values are **Half a month**, **Month**, **Two months**, **Quarter**, **Half a year**, **Year**, and **Financial period**. 1. Click ![icon-save](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-save.png). Parent topic: [Manage VAT periods](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/manage-vat-periods/) Close the last VAT period /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-periods/close-the-last-vat-period section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Close the last VAT period To go back to the main process, click outside this pop-up window. ## Before you start Before you close the last financial period of a financial year, you must close the last VAT period of the financial year. If your company's financial year does not start with the calendar year, make sure you only close the VAT periods belonging to this financial year. The process described below has two parts: 1. In step 1-3 you prepare the VAT report. 1. In step 4-6 you close the VAT period and send the report. It is possible to complete part 1 first and have another person complete part 2 at another time. In that case, the person who completes part 2 needs to re-enter via the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) report. 1. Go to [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/). 1. In the **Tax agency** field, click ![icon-select](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-select.jpg) to select one. 1. Fill in the **Reporting period**. 1. Click **Prepare VAT report**. You are now forwarded to the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. 1. Click **Close period**. 1. Click **Send**. Depending on country and settings, you can now send the report electronically. 1. Your tax agency may now ask you for authentication: Enter all required access data and confirm the sending. In some countries you have to upload the now created file and send it directly to the tax authorities. The report is now sent to the tax authorities. Depending on your settings, you can re-run the report in case you need to add postings later. Manage taxable documents /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Manage taxable documents About VAT amount validation in documents /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/about-vat-amount-validation-in-documents page Visma Net provides you with the functionality of validating the VAT amounts in supplier documents that you enter into the system. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT amount validation in documents Visma Net provides you with the functionality of validating the VAT amounts in supplier documents that you enter into the system. Visma Net provides you with the functionality of validating the VAT amounts in supplier documents that you enter into the system. To make the system to validate the VAT amount in a document, you need to enter the control VAT amount in the **'VAT amount** field while adding a document on a document entry window. > [!NOTE] > The system validates the VAT amount that you have specified in a document only if the **Net/gross entry mode** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. To make the **VAT amount** field available in the top part of the document entry window, you need to select the **Validate VAT totals on entry** check box in the preferences window of the corresponding workspace: + The [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/) window: To make the VAT amount validation field available in the [Purchase invoices (AP301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/purchase-invoices-ap301000/) window. + The [Cash management preferences (CA101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/cash-management/cash-management-windows/cash-management-preferences-ca101000/) window: To make the VAT amount validation field available in the [Transactions (CA304000)](/visma-net-erp/help/cash-management/cash-management-windows/transactions-ca304000/) window. With this check box selected, after you have added all the required detail lines in a document, the system will compute the VAT amount according to the tax settings applicable to a document and validate this amount against the VAT amount specified in the validation field. If there is a discrepancy between the VAT amount that you have entered in the **VAT amount** field and the VAT amount computed by the system (that is shown in the **VAT amount column** on the **VAT details** tab), the system does not allow you to process the document until you correct the VAT amount. In that case, you correct the VAT amount manually on the **VAT details** tab. ## VAT amount discrepancies Some discrepancies can appear between the VAT amount computed by the system on the document entry window and the VAT amount specified in the original supplier document. These discrepancies may be caused due to rounding differences, for example, when the VAT amount of the original document was calculated in another system in which the rounding rules are set up differently. The discrepancies can be minor differences in decimals, but nevertheless they should be corrected. If any discrepancy arises and the system shows the corresponding error, you manually correct the VAT amount in the **VAT amount** column of the **VAT details** tab so that it matches the VAT amount of the supplier document. In that case, if the **Net** VAT calculation method has been applied, all the amounts in the document will be exactly the same as in the source document (after you correct the VAT amount manually) and the document will be balanced. If the **Gross** VAT calculation method has been applied, the taxable amounts used by the system for VAT amount calculation can differ slightly from the taxable amounts used for the original document. In that case, the discrepancy (the amount of the difference) that has occurred will be accounted and posted to the corresponding general ledger account. Thus, as a result, the document will contain exactly the same amounts as the source document, but the amount that has appeared due to rounding differences, will be accounted on the respective general ledger account: In that case, the general ledger transaction will look as shown in the following example: |Account|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---| |Supplier ledger account|Total amount|| |Expense account (Line 1)|Amount1|| |Expense account (Line 2)|Amount2|| |Tax payable account|VAT amount|| |Rounding gain/Loss account|Discrepancy amount (the difference due to the rounding amount)|| To account for the discrepancy amount, you need to specify the maximum amount of the difference that can appear due to rounding in the **Rounding limit** field in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/)window. The system will validate this amount against the discrepancy amount, and if the discrepancy amount does not exceed the limit, the discrepancy amount will be posted to the general ledger accounts specified in the **Rounding gain account/subaccount** field or the **Rounding loss account/subaccount** field in the [General ledger preferences (GL102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/general-ledger-preferences-gl102000/)window. ## VAT exclusive and VAT inclusive amounts in document detail lines Before entering amounts in the detail lines of a document that you enter into the system, you must consider the type of amounts specified in the original supplier document. Depending on the business requirements of the applicable supplier, a document can contain in its detail lines amounts that are either VAT inclusive (net) or VAT exclusive (gross). In Visma Net, you need to specify the VAT calculation mode that the system should use during the validation process. The selected mode defines how the system will compute the VAT and taxable amounts for the document. You select the required mode in the **VAT calculation mode** field (which can be found on several windows, as described below), in which the following options are available: Gross : Select this option if the amounts in the document detail lines include applicable taxes. Net : Select this option if the amounts in the document detail lines do not include taxes. Tax settings : Select this option if the standard tax settings should be applied to the document. This option is used if a tax with one of the following tax calculation methods selected in the **Calculate on** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window is applied to the document: **Calc. on item + VAT amount**, **Calc. on document amount**, and **Calc. on document + VAT amount**. > [!NOTE] > You can specify the **Gross** or **Net** VAT calculation mode only if item-level taxes are applicable to the document or those that have the **Calc. on item amount** option or the **Extract from item amount** option selected in the **Calculate on** field in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. The **VAT calculation mode** field is specified on the following levels by using the appropriate windows: **Document**: You select the appropriate option on the **Financial details** tab of the document entry window. This option will be applied for computing tax and taxable amounts in this document. By default, the system fills in this field with the option specified for the supplier location (if applicable) or supplier that you specify for the document, but you can override the default option. **Supplier location** (if applicable): You select the appropriate option on the **General settings** tab of the [Supplier locations (AP303010)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-locations-ap303010/) window. (By default, the system fills in this field with the option specified for the supplier, but you can override this option.) This setting will be applied by default to all documents in which you select this supplier location, but it can be changed for each document. **Supplier**: You select the appropriate option on the **Purchase settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. (By default, the system fills in this field with the option specified for the supplier class, but you can override this option.) This setting will be applied by default to all documents created for this supplier (if the option is not changed at the supplier location or document level). **Supplier class**: You select the appropriate option on the **General settings** tab of the [Supplier classes (AP201000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-classes-ap201000/) window. This setting will be applied by default to all documents created for the suppliers of this supplier class (if the option is not changed at the supplier, supplier location, or document level). > [!NOTE] > If the VAT zone of a supplier contains a withholding tax, the system automatically sets the VAT calculation mode to **Gross** and makes the **VAT calculation mode** field unavailable for editing. > [!NOTE] > If the VAT zone of a supplier contains a use tax, the system automatically sets the VAT calculation mode to **Net** in documents, and makes the **VAT calculation mode** field unavailable for editing. ## One-line document and multi-line document To speed the process of entering data on a document entry window, the system suggests a possible amount in each line that you add. For example: When you add the first line, the system automatically inserts in the **Ext. cost** column of the line the amount that you have entered in the amount validation field in the top part of the document entry window. > [!NOTE] > You can enable the amount validation functionality for the document by selecting the corresponding check box in the workspace preferences window (for example, the **Validate document totals on entry** in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/) window). This functionality allows the system to validate the amount that you enter in the amount validation field of the document entry window (for example, in the **Amount** field in the [Purchase invoices (AP301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/purchase-invoices-ap301000/) window). The name of the check box that activates this functionality and the name of the validation field in the document entry window can differ depending on the document and the workspace. The suggested amount is exactly the same as the control amount you have entered (if the **Gross** VAT calculation mode is specified for a document), or this amount is recalculated according to the rate of the applied tax or taxes or the amount minus the applicable VAT amounts (if the **Net** VAT calculation mode is specified). You leave the **ext. cost** amount as it is if the document has only one line. If the document has multiple lines, you manually correct the first **ext. cost** amount in the document entry window based on the amount specified in the first line of your source document. When you add the second detail line, the system suggests the residual amount (the difference between the total document amount and the amount that you have specified in the first line) in the **Ext. cost** column of the second line; correct this amount if needed. The process proceeds similarly for any additional lines that you need to add. You can leave the suggested amount or correct it. > [!NOTE] > If you do not want the system to suggest residual amounts while you add the detail lines, do not fill in the amount validation field until you have added all required detail lines to the document. After you have added all required detail lines to the document entry window, the system compares the VAT amount (or amounts) computed on the **VAT details** tab to the control value you have entered in the **VAT amount****validation** field of the window. The document is balanced if the VAT amounts are the same; the system generates an error if there is any discrepancy. About VAT calculated for documents with cash discounts /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/about-vat-calculated-for-documents-with-cash-discounts page To meet the requirements of European value-added tax (VAT) legislation on discounts for early payments (also known as prompt payment discounts, or cash discounts in Visma Net ), in documents (such as invoices) for which the full payment has been received within the cash discount period, the VAT amount must be calculated based on the discounted taxable amount. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About VAT calculated for documents with cash discounts To meet the requirements of European value-added tax (VAT) legislation on discounts for early payments (also known as prompt payment discounts, or cash discounts in Visma Net ), in documents (such as invoices) for which the full payment has been received within the cash discount period, the VAT amount must be calculated based on the discounted taxable amount. To meet the requirements of European value-added tax (VAT) legislation on discounts for early payments (also known as **prompt payment discounts**, or **cash discounts** in Visma Net), in documents (such as invoices) for which the full payment has been received within the cash discount period, the VAT amount must be calculated based on the discounted taxable amount. If the payment is received after the cash discount period, the VAT amount is calculated based on the non-discounted taxable amount of a document. Thus, VAT is to be calculated based on the payment that was actually received by the supplier; as a result, the customer recovers the amount of VAT that has been actually paid. ## How it works in Visma Net > [!NOTE] > This functionality is available only if the **VAT reporting** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. In Visma Net, when you initially enter a document (such as an invoice), the system shows the VAT amount calculated on the full document amount, because when you enter an invoice, you do not know whether the discount will be taken. However, in the invoice, you specify the appropriate cash discount terms (in the **Terms** field), so the system calculates the discounted taxable amount and tax amount that can be applied if the terms are met. You can view these discounted amounts (**VAT on discounted price** and **Discounted taxable total**) in the **Cash discount info** section on the **Financial details** tab of the [Purchase invoices (AP301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/purchase-invoices-ap301000/) window. If the invoice is fully paid within the cash discount period or if the **Payment** for the invoice is released in the [Customer payments (AR302000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-payments-ar302000/) window, the cash discount is to be applied to that invoice. In this case, the system leaves the status of the invoice as **Open** and makes its balance equal to the appropriate cash discount amount (which has been specified in the **Cash discount** field). This invoice appears in the list of documents in the [Generate VAT on cash discount (AR504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/generate-vat-on-cash-discount-ar504500/) window. In this window, you should generate the credit note for the invoice in which the corresponding cash discount amount is specified. This credit note will be automatically applied to the invoice, and after that, this invoice will be **Closed**. > [!NOTE] > After you have generated a credit note, the invoice will be closed automatically only if the **Automatically release credit notes** check box is selected in the **VAT recalculation settings** section in the [Release customer documents (AR501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/release-customer-documents-ar501000/) window. Otherwise, you need to release the credit note in the [Release customer documents (AR501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/release-customer-documents-ar501000/) window manually. ## Configuring a VAT used for documents that are paid early If a VAT applies to your company and your company offers cash discounts to documents for which the payment is made in time to qualify for the discount, then you need to configure the appropriate VAT in the system. You configure the tax of the **VAT** type in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window and select the **Reduce taxable amount on early payment** option in the **Cash discount** field. Later, if a document with this tax applied is paid in full before the cash discount date specified in the invoice (**Cash discount date**), you will be able to generate a credit note to adjust the VAT and taxable amounts of the invoice. ## Generating credit notes In the [Generate VAT on cash discount (AR504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/generate-vat-on-cash-discount-ar504500/) window, you can view the list of the documents for which the full payment has been made before the final date of the cash discount period. In this window, you can process the generation of a credit note or credit notes (for a document or documents that you select) or credit notes (for all listed documents) by clicking **Process** or **Process all**, respectively. Depending on whether you clear or select the **Consolidate credit notes by customer** check box in the [Generate VAT on cash discount (AR504500)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/generate-vat-on-cash-discount-ar504500/) window before processing, you can generate a credit note for each particular document or one credit note for a group of documents with similar properties, such as branch, customer, customer location, currency, customer account (and customer subaccount, if applicable), and VAT zone. ## Setting up the automatic release of credit notes Generated credit notes can be released automatically by the system if you select the **Automatically release credit notes** check box in the **VAT recalculation settings** section in the [Customer ledger preferences (AR101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-ledger-preferences-ar101000/) window. > [!NOTE] > If the **Automatically release credit notes** check box is cleared in your system, check that all generated credit notes are released in the [Release customer documents (AR501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/release-customer-documents-ar501000/) window, because the system closes the document automatically only after the corresponding credit note is released. Related tasks [Create a value-added tax](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/create-a-vat/) Related reference [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) Recognition of pending VAT - overview /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/recognition-of-pending-vat-overview page In the VAT (TX205000) window of Visma Net, you can configure a value-added tax (VAT) of the Pending type to be applied to those documents whose VAT amounts should be recognised after the document has been released. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Recognition of pending VAT - overview In the VAT (TX205000) window of Visma Net, you can configure a value-added tax (VAT) of the Pending type to be applied to those documents whose VAT amounts should be recognised after the document has been released. For more information: [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/). In the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window of Visma Net, you can configure a value-added tax (VAT) of the **Pending** type to be applied to those documents whose VAT amounts should be recognised after the document has been released. Once a document that is subject to a **Pending** VAT is released, the system records its VAT amount to an intermediate account (such as the Pending tax payable account or the Pending tax claimable account), where the VAT amount is kept until a user initiates the process of recognising the taxes. When you run the recognition process, the system generates a general ledger transaction that moves the VAT amount from the intermediate (pending) account to the actual Tax payable or Tax claimable account. > [!NOTE] > The VAT amounts recorded to the pending accounts are not included in the VAT report. Only when the recognition of taxes is performed does the system include the corresponding VAT information in the VAT report of the appropriate period. The functionality related to value-added taxes is available only if the **VAT reporting** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window. ## VAT recognition methods In Visma Net, you can use either of the following methods of recognising the pending value-added taxes: On documents : With this recognition method, the total VAT amount of a document can be recognised on any needed date. The system does not take into account payments in this case. You load the released documents with the pending VAT applied in the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window, and then initiate the recognition process. On payments : With this recognition method, the VAT amount is recognised only when a payment is applied to a document. The VAT amount can be recognised fully or partially, depending on whether the applied payment fully or partially covers the document amount. The partial VAT amount to be recognised, if applicable, is calculated proportionally to the payment applied to a document. You load the released applications in the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window, and then initiate the recognition process for one application or multiple applications. Each VAT amount is recognised on the date when the payment has been applied to document. ## Setup of recognition methods To set up the recognition process, you specify the appropriate recognition method for each required tax agency on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. In the **VAT recognition method** field, you select either **On documents** or **On payments**. Before you initiate the VAT recognition processin the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window, you select a tax agency in the **Tax agency** field. The system inserts the recognition method of the selected tax agency in the **VAT recognition method** field. If needed, you can change the recognition method manually before you run the recognition process. The next topics describe initiating of the VAT recognition process for both of these methods in detail. About recognising the pending VAT on documents /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/about-recognising-the-pending-vat-on-documents page By using the On documents VAT recognition method, you recognise VAT amounts calculated in the unpaid documents that are subject to pending VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About recognising the pending VAT on documents By using the On documents VAT recognition method, you recognise VAT amounts calculated in the unpaid documents that are subject to pending VAT. By using the **On documents** VAT recognition method, you recognise VAT amounts calculated in the unpaid documents that are subject to pending VAT. You can initiate the recognition process by using any needed date. ## Initiation of the VAT recognition process You initiate the process of recognising the pending VAT the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window, depending on whether input or output taxes should be recognised. In one of these windows, you specify the following selection criteria, which the system uses to load the documents: Date : The documents with a date earlier than or the same as the specified date are loaded. By default, the current business date is specified. To load the documents with any date to the window, clear this field. Branch : The branch from which documents are loaded. Tax agency : The tax agency that is associated with the VAT of the **Pending** type to be processed. VAT ID : The VAT code that was used for calculating the VAT amounts to be recognised by the process. Only the VAT codes associated with the selected tax agency are available for selection. You can leave this field empty, so that the documents subject to all available pending taxes associated with the agency will be loaded. In the top part, you should also make sure the **VAT recognition method** is **On documents**. By default, the option specified for the tax agency you have selected is shown. Once the documents are loaded to the table, you select one item or multiple items in the list, and initiate the process by clicking **Process** in the window toolbar. (To process all listed items, you click **Process all**.) > [!NOTE] > For each document to be processed, the **VAT doc. no.** value should be specified in the table. This number is either inserted by the system automatically or entered by a user manually, depending on the option specified for the tax agency in the **Input VAT entry ref. no.** or **Output VAT entry ref. no.** field on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. When you run the process of recognising the pending VAT, the system generates a general ledger batch (or multiple batches) to move the VAT amounts from the pending accounts to the actual VAT payable (or VAT claimable) accounts. ## Example of general ledger transactions generated when pending VAT is processed This section provides an example of the general ledger transactions that the system generates when it processes a customer invoice that is subject to pending VAT. Suppose your company issues a €1000 invoice dated 01.01.2020 for services. The services are subject to a 7% VAT. When this invoice is released in the system, the system creates the following entries in the General ledger. |**Account**|Date|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Customer ledger|01.01.2020|1070|-| |Sales (as an example)|01.01.2020|-|1000| |Pending VAT payable|01.01.2020|-|70| On 01.31.2020, you run the VAT recognition process. The system generates the following general ledger transactions once the VAT recognition is completed. |**Account**|Date|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Pending VAT payable|01/31/2020|70|-| |VAT payable|01/31/2020|-|70| You can view the generated general ledger transactions in the [Journal transactions (GL301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/journal-transactions-gl301000/) window by using the **Batch number** link available in the table. > [!NOTE] > You specify the Pending VAT payable account and the VAT payable account (as well as the Pending VAT claimable account and the VAT claimable account) for each particular VAT code on the **General ledger accounts** tab of the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. The amounts posted to the VAT payable or VAT claimable account will be included in the VAT report, which you create in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window. Parent topic: [Recognition of pending VAT - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/recognition-of-pending-vat-overview/)

Concepts

About recognising the pending VAT on payments /visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/about-recognising-the-pending-vat-on-payments page In certain countries, there are legal requirements that VAT must be recognised, accrued, and included in the VAT report at the time of payment. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # About recognising the pending VAT on payments In certain countries, there are legal requirements that VAT must be recognised, accrued, and included in the VAT report at the time of payment. To satisfy these requirements, in Visma Net, you can use the **On payment** VAT recognition method. With this method, you recognise VAT amounts based on the payments applied to documents, so the VAT amount of a document is recognised on the date when the payment was applied to that document. You can recognise the VAT amount fully or partially, depending on whether the payments completely or partially cover the amount of the document. If the document is paid partially, the VAT amount to be recognised is calculated proportionally to the applied payment. ## Initiation of the VAT recognition process You initiate the process of recognising the pending VAT in the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window, depending on whether input or output VAT should be recognised. In one of these windows, you specify the following selection criteria, which the system uses to load applications to the table: Date : Applications with a date earlier than or the same as the specified date are loaded. By default, the current business date is specified. To load the applications with any date to the window, clear this field. Branch : The branch for which documents (such as supplier invoices) are paid. Tax agency : The tax agency that is associated with the VAT to be processed. VAT ID : The VAT code that was used for calculating the VAT amounts to be recognised by the process. Only the VAT codes associated with the selected tax agency are available for selection. You can leave this field empty, so that the documents subject to all available pending VAT associated with the agency will be loaded. In the top part, you should also make sure the **VAT recognition method** is **On payments**. By default, the option specified for the tax agency you have selected is shown. Once the applications are loaded to the table, you select one item or multiple items in the list, and initiate the process by clicking **Process** in the window toolbar. (To process all listed items, you click **Process all**.) > [!NOTE] > If you have reversed a payment application (a payment applied to a document subject to pending VAT), you have to process the application reversal in the [Recognise input VAT (TX503500)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-input-vat-tx503500/) window or the [Recognise output VAT (TX503000)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-windows/recognise-output-vat-tx503000/) window. When you run the process of recognising the pending VAT, the system generates a general ledger batch (or multiple batches) to move the VAT amounts from the pending accounts to the actual VAT payable (or VAT claimable) accounts. If only partial payment has been applied to a listed document, the system calculates the amount of the VAT to be recognised proportionally to the payment that was applied to document amount. ## Example of general ledger transactions generated when partial payment has been applied This section provides an example of the general ledger transactions that the system generates when a partial payment has been applied and recognised. Suppose your company issues a €1000 invoice dated 01.01.2020 for services. The services are subject to a 7% VAT, which should be recognised after the payment is received. When this invoice is recorded in the system, the system creates the following entries in the General ledger. |**Account**|Date|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Customer ledger|01.01.2020|1070|-| |Pending VAT payable|01.01.2020|-|70| |Services|01.01.2020|-|1000| On 20.1.2020, the customer pays €535, which is half of the amount it must pay for the services plus the €35 VAT amount (7% of €500). This VAT amount must be recognised and posted to the General ledger once this payment is processed. As a result, the system creates the following entries in the General ledger. |**Account**|Date|Debit|Credit| |---|---|---|---| |Pending VAT payable|20.1.2020|35|-| |VAT payable|20.1.2020|35|| The VAT report that is generated at the end of the period, on 31.1.2020, will include €35 of output VAT and €535 of taxable sales. > [!NOTE] > If the **Multi-currency accounting** functionality is enabled in the [Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000)](/visma-net-erp/help/common-settings/enable-or-disable-functionalites/enable-disable-functionalities-cs100000/) window, the system generates recognition entries in the currency of the document being paid by using the document's exchange rate. Parent topic: [Recognition of pending VAT - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxable-documents/recognition-of-pending-vat-overview/)

Concepts

VAT windows /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT windows AutoReport status (TX50500S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/autoreport-status-tx50500s page In this window, you can get an overview of the statuses of the reports that have been sent to AutoReport. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # AutoReport status (TX50500S) In this window, you can get an overview of the statuses of the reports that have been sent to AutoReport. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can also see updates in the reports if the portal sends this to AutoReport.The statuses are taken from AutoReport. ## The top part

Element	Description
Company	The company whose VAT report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) (CS100000) window.
Branch	The branch whose VAT report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) (CS100000) window. Also, the company must have the organisation type With branches requiring balancing and the File tax by branches selected.
Tax agency ID	The ID and name of the tax agency.
Report ID	The ID of the AutoReport.
Report type	The type of the report: VAT EC sales list SAF-T
From reporting period	The first period to be reported on (VAT period). You must select Tax agency ID to be able to select a period here.
To reporting period	The last period to be reported on (VAT period). You must select Tax agency ID to be able to select a period here.
Revision ID	The revision number of the report. The revision number changes each time you prepare a report for a closed reporting period.

## The table This table shows the information on the reports that you have selected in the top part.

Column	Description
Unlabelled column	There is a green tick icon on lines that have the status Accepted by government and a red icon for all error statuses. Lines with other statuses do not have any tick icon.
Branch	The branch for which the VAT report is sent. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) (CS100000) window. Also, the company must have the organisation type With branches requiring balancing and the File tax by branches selected.
Company	The company for which the VAT report is sent. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) (CS100000) window.
Tax agency ID	The ID of the tax agency.
VAT reporting period	The reporting period the VAT report covers.
Revision ID	The revision number of the report. The revision number changes each time you prepare a report for a closed reporting period.
Start date	The start date of the selected period.
End date	The end date of the selected period.
Username	The Visma Net user who sent the report to AutoReport.
Report type	The type of the report: VAT EC sales list SAF-T
Created	Date when the report was created.
Last change	Date of the latest status update.
AutoReport status	Status received from AutoReport. AutoReport acknowledged Received Sent Log on error Upload error Invalid report Processing failed Sending Rejected by government Report ready for download AutoReport failure Forwarded to PinkWeb (NL) Error forwarding to PinkWeb (NL Report validated (NO) Error validating report (NO)
Status message	Explanatory status message from AutoReport or to the Tax authority.
Show difference	The information in this column depends on a check box with the same name in processing windows for revision versions of the report, for example, the Process VAT report (TX502000) window.
Altinn report type	This column defines the type of report for classification in Altinn: Main report; Additional report, correction report.
Comments	Comments inserted in the comment field in the report processing window (e.g. the VAT report window).
Due date	The due date of the payment to the tax authorities.
First VAT reporting period	If the VAT report contains supplementary amounts from previous VAT periods, the first period for the supplementary values are shown here.
KID number	The payment reference number for payment to tax authorities.
Amount due	The amount payable to (or from) to the Norwegian and the Dutch tax authorities.
To bank account	The tax authority’s account number for VAT payments.
Bank account	The company’s account number used for VAT payments.

General ledger transactions with VAT (TX40500S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/general-ledger-transactions-with-vat-tx40500s page This window shows a details summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # General ledger transactions with VAT (TX40500S) This window shows a details summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Note! If you have selected the **Post summary when updating the general ledger** check box on the **General information** tab in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/), the [Customer ledger preferences (AR101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-ledger-preferences-ar101000/) or the [Inventory preferences (IN101000](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/inventory-preferences-in101000/) windows, the VAT information will be missing because the general ledger transactions are missing the link to the original document line containing the VAT information. ## The top part

Element	Description
Company	The company to whose general ledger the transactions belong. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Branch	The branch to whose general ledger the transactions belong. You will only see branches for the selected company. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Ledger	Only ledgers with ledger type Actual are valid.
From period	The financial period from which the transactions are posted. This field is mandatory.
To period	The financial period to which the transactions are posted. This field is mandatory.
Subaccount	Filtering for the subaccount. It is not possible to filter on separate segments in this inquiry.
Workspace	The drop-down with the different workspaces.
Transaction type	The drop-down with all transactions types.
From VAT period	The filter for from VAT period and will limit to show only transactions that have been processed by VAT report. If from VAT period is used, you have to select to VAT period.
To VAT period	The filter for to VAT period and will limit to show only transactions that have been processed by VAT report. If to VAT period is used, you have to select from VAT period.
If the check box is selected, unreleased transactions will be included in the result.
From account	The filter for from account. If from account is selected, you have to select to account.
To account	The filter for to account. If to account is selected, you have to select from account.
From date	The filter for from date that will filter on transaction date.
To date	The filter for to date that will filter on transaction date.

## The table This table lists the reporting lines with the amounts for the period.

Column	Description
Company	The company ID is only visible if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Branch	The branch ID is only visible if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Account	The general ledger account for the line.
Account name	The name of the account.
Account type	One of the following account types: Asset Liability Income Expense
Batch no.	The batch number for posting.
Calculated VAT rate (%)	The calculated tax rate based on taxable amount and VAT amount.
Credit amount	The posted amount of credit.
Currency	The currency ISO code for the transaction.
Customer/supplier	The name of the customer or the supplier from the Customer no./Supplier no. column
Customer no./Supplier no.	The customer or the supplier number. Only for the supplier ledger or the customer ledger account.
Debit amount	The posted amount of debit.
Deductible VAT rate	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate is a partially deductible rate, this will show the rate that is the base for the taxable amount.
Expense amount	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate is a partially deductible rate, this will show the rate that is the base for the Taxable amount.
Financial period ID	The financial period.
Internal record ID	The calculated ID used in the SAF-T report.
Ledger	The ledger for the posting
Line no.	The line number in the Batch.
Line type	Line types from Purchase orders: DN = Description GI = Goods for warehouse GM = Goods for manufacturing GP = Goods for drop-ship GR = Goods for replenishment GS = Goods for sales order MC = Misc. charges NM = Non-stock for manufacturing NO = Non-stock for sales order NP = Non-stock for drop-ship NS = Non-stock SV = Service Line types from Sales orders: DS = Discount FR = Freight GN = Non-stock MI = Misc. charge RA = Reallocation
Original taxable amount	This show the VAT amount for the whole document for this VAT ID.
Posted	This means that the status is Posted.
Period	The financial period.
Project	The project number.
Posted credit amount in currency	The posted amount credit in currency.
Posted debit amount in currency	The posted amount debit in currency.
Posted VAT amount	The posted VAT amount for the transactions.
Record ID	Same as Internal ID.
Voucher no	The document number or the voucher number for the transaction.
Released	Checked if the transaction is released.
Revision ID	The Revision ID of the VAT report.
Subaccount	The subaccount for the transaction.
Subaccount description	The description for the Subaccount. You can maintain it in the Subaccounts window.
Sum post	The status if the post is a sum post, as the supplier or supplier accounts.
Taxable amount	The taxable amount in currency.
Total taxable amount	The total taxable amount for the document for this VAT ID.
Total VAT amount	The total VAT amount for the document for this VAT ID.
Transaction class	The transaction classes: B = Write-off C = Consolidation D = Discount S = Shipped not invoiced E = Retainage withheld F = Retainage released G = Unrealized and revaluation GOL N = Normal P = Payment R = Realised and rounding GOL T = VAT U = Charge W = Withholding VAT
Transaction date	The date of the transaction.
Transaction description	The transaction description from the batch line.
Transaction period	The transaction period.
Transaction type ID	This is the original transaction type or document type for the transaction type.
Transaction line no.	The line number from the original document.
Transaction type	The transaction/document type of the voucher.
VAT amount	The VAT amount for this transaction.
VAT amount in the currency	The VAT amount for this transaction in currency.
VAT bucket ID	The VAT bucket ID that is the number of the tax report group.
VAT category description	The description of the VAT category.
VAT category ID	The VAT category for the transaction.
VAT ID	The VAT ID for the transaction.
VAT period	The VAT reporting period.
VAT rate %	The VAT rate for the VAT ID.
Tax agency	The name for the tax agency
Tax agency ID	The tax agency supplier.
VAT transaction type	The transaction/document type for the VAT transaction.
VAT zone ID	The VAT zone of the transaction.
Workspace	The origin workspace of the transaction.

Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-rf-1301-report-tx50200s section You use this window to prepare the RF-1301 report for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) You use this window to prepare the RF-1301 report for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to prepare the RF-1301 report for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. You are not allowed to report the current year. ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Generate	This generates values for this report. If some suppliers are missing, you can change the settings on the supplier and generate again.
Prepare to send	Click to navigate to the Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S) window.
View report details	Click to open the details for the selected row in the report and shows the documents included in this report. Here you can make changes to the amount that will be reported if you have used a wrong Item type and you need to move from normal item to Labour or Service.

Generate

This generates values for this report.

If some suppliers are missing, you can change the settings on the supplier and generate again.

Prepare to send

Click to navigate to the Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S) window.

View report details

Click to open the details for the selected row in the report and shows the documents included in this report.

Here you can make changes to the amount that will be reported if you have used a wrong Item type and you need to move from normal item to Labour or Service.

## The top part You use the elements in the area to select the branch, tax agency, and VAT period for the report to be released.

Element	Description
Company	The company whose RF-1301 report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Branch	The branch whose RF-1301 report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. The Company type on the company for the branch must be With branches requiring balancing and the check box File tax by branch selected on the Organisation detail tab.
Tax agency	The name of the tax agency for which you prepare the VAT report.
Reporting year	The year for the report. This report is only sent once a year and you cannot select the current year. That will be available when the date passes 31. December.
Revision	The revision number of the RF-1301 report. The revision number changes each time you prepare a report if the previous one has been prepared and sent.

## The Contact settings section

Element	Description
Name	The name of the responsible person. The name is selected when you prepare the report and is read-only.
Phone no.	The responsible person’s phone number. The name is selected when you prepare the report and is read-only.
Notifications by email to	The responsible person’s email address for the notification from Altinn. The email is selected when you prepare the report and is read-only.
Notifications by SMS to	The responsible person’s mobile phone number where you can get a notification from Altinn. The notification mobile phone is selected when you prepare the report and is read-only.

## The table

Column	Description
Supplier	The supplier number for the company or person you are reporting.
Supplier name	The name of the supplier.
Corporate ID	The corporate ID for the supplier.
NI number	The national insurance number, if the supplier does not have a corporate ID.
Original service/labour amount	The original amount that will be reported from the invoices and credit notes. If you double-click on the amount, it will open the RF-1301 report details dialog window. In this window, you can view all invoices and credit notes related to the selected supplier. In the Service/labour amount you can make corrections if the invoice has the wrong type of Items that is not reported as service or labour. Saving these changes will update the reported amount accordingly.
Service/labour amount	The amount that will be reported.
Total amount	The total amount for the supplier service/labour and others. This amount will not be sent but should be used to review the total for the supplier.

## The RF-1301 report details dialog window

Column	Description
Branch	The branch number selected for the report.
Doc. type	The type of document: Purchase invoice Credit note
Ref. no.	The reference number of the purchase invoice or the credit note. By clicking the number you can drill down to the view the specific document.
Supplier	The table cell contains no information.
Corporate ID	The table cell contains no information.
NI number	The table cell contains no information.
Original service/labour amount	The original amount that will be reported from the invoices/credit notes.
Service/labour amount	The amount that will be reported. You can make corrections if the purchase invoice has the wrong type of Items that is not reported as Service or Labour. By closing the dialog window, the corrected amount will appear in the corresponding table cell in the main table. Save the changes by clicking in the window’s toolbar and this will change the amount that will be reported.
Total amount	The total amount for the supplier service/labour and others. This amount will not be sent but should be used to review the total for the supplier.

Tasks

Prepare VAT report (TX501000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000 page You use this window to prepare a VAT report that is intended for a specific tax agency and spans a particular VAT reporting period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Prepare VAT report (TX501000) You use this window to prepare a VAT report that is intended for a specific tax agency and spans a particular VAT reporting period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. > [!NOTE] > If your company has multiple companies, you prepare a VAT report for each company. Once the VAT reports are prepared for all companies, you can release them in the [Process VAT report (TX502000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000/) window. If you have set the **File VAT by branches** for the company in the [Organisations (CS101500)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/organisations-cs101500/) window, you have to prepare all branches before you can release the VAT report ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Prepare VAT report	Generates a VAT report for the selected tax agency for the specified reporting period, and generates the reporting periods for a new calendar year if there is at least one taxable document in this year.
View VAT periods	Directs you to the VAT periods (TX207000) window to view more details.
Unreleased documents	Generates a VAT report for all unreleased documents from the general ledger, supplier, customer, cash account, and inventory.
Inquiries	Select one of the following inquiries windows from the button’s drop-down: VAT report details (TX502010) VAT account control summary (TX40300S)

## The top part You use the elements in the area to select a branch (one of the consolidation branches), tax agency, and VAT period for which reporting lines will be displayed.

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	If the setting File VAT by branches is set for the company, you have to select which branch to prepare.
Tax agency	The ID and name of the tax agency for which the VAT report is intended. In Visma Net, tax authorities are defined as suppliers. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting period	The reporting period (VAT period) you want to use.
Status	Informs the status of the report.
From	The start date of the chosen period.
To	The end date of the period you have selected.
Exclude transactions from previous periods	By selecting this check box you will exclude transactions from previous periods, and only process transactions from the selected period. This is used when you want to report the documents from previous period as a supplementary report. Select this when you prepare the period for the first time which will be Revision 1 and close this revision in the Process VAT report (TX502000). Then add the previous document to the same period, which will be revision 2 and which will include these as supplementary value.

## The table This table lists the reporting lines with the amounts for the period. Select the **Hide rows with no amount** check box to display only rows with VAT transactions.

Column	Description
Report line	The report line defined for the tax agency report.
Description	The description of the report line.
Amount	The VAT amount accumulated for the report line.
VAT box number	This contains the code used in the electronic report to the government. Lines without a code will not be included in the report.
From VAT period	The first the VAT period to report from.
Report line no.	This is the line number that is created by the system.
To VAT period	The end of the VAT period to report from.
Sort order	Here you can enter a value that is used to sort the report lines in the windows Prepare VAT report (TX501000) and Process VAT report (TX502000).
VAT zone ID	This is used if the values should be used for only one VAT zone. It is not used in standard reports.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/release-rf-1301-report-tx50700s page You use this window to release the RF-1301 report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Release RF-1301 report (TX50700S) You use this window to release the RF-1301 report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to release the RF-1301 report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified Self employee reporting year. ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Send	Send the report to the tax agency. The Send button is active, if the report is not yet to sent to the authorities.
Resend	Resend the report if the report has been sent, but due to some reason, you need to resend this revision. The Resend button is active if the selected revision has been sent to the authorities.
Void report	This will remove values for the report and a new prepare report have to be done.
View report details	This opens the details for the selected row in the report and shows the documents included in this report.

## The top part You use the elements in the area to select the branch, tax agency, and VAT period for the report to be released.

Element	Description
Company	The company whose RF-1301 report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch whose RF-1301 report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. The company type of the company for the branch must be With branches requiring balancing and the check box File tax by branch selected on the Organisation detail tab.
Tax agency	The name of the tax agency for Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) which you prepare the VAT report.
Reporting year	The year for the report. This report is only sent once a year.
Revision	The revision number of the RF-1301 report. The revision number changes each time you prepare a report, with each revision.
Status message reply	This column is visible when you get a reply message from AutoReport. It contains confirmation or error messages. AutoReport acknowledged Received Sent Log on error Upload error Invalid report Processing failed Sending Rejected by government Report ready for download AutoReport failure Error forwarding to PinkWeb (NL): Forwarded to PinkWeb (NL)

## The Contact settings section

Element	Description
Name	The name of the responsible person. The contact information is retrieved from the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window if it is a multi-branch with File tax by branch. Or else, the information is retrieved from the Altinn tab in theOrganisations (CS101500) window. You can override this information in the Pepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) window by generating a report. This action will make the fields in the Contact settings section active for editing.
Phone no.	The responsible person’s phone number. The contact information is retrieved from the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window if it is a multi-branch with File tax by branch. Otherwise, the information is retrieved from the Altinn tab in theOrganisations (CS101500) window. You can override this information in the Prepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) window by generating a report. This action will make the fields in the Contact settings section active for editing.
Notifications by email to	The responsible person’s email address for the notification from Altinn. The contact information is retrieved from the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window if it is a multi-branch with File tax by branch. Otherwise, the information is retrieved from the Altinn tab in theOrganisations (CS101500) window. You can override this information in the Pepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) window by generating a report. This action will make the fields in the Contact settings section active for editing.
Notifications by SMS to	The responsible person’s mobile phone number where you can get a notification from Altinn. The contact information is retrieved from the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window if it is a multi-branch with File tax by branch. Otherwise, the information is retrieved from the Altinn tab in theOrganisations (CS101500) window. You can override this information in the Pepare RF-1301 report (TX50200S) window by generating a report. This action will make the fields in the Contact settings section active for editing.

## The table

Column	Description
Supplier	The supplier number for the company or person you are reporting.
Supplier name	The name of the supplier.
Corporate ID	The corporate ID for the supplier.
NI number	The National insurance number, if the supplier does not have a corporate ID.
Service/labour amount	The amount that will be reported.

Process VAT report (TX502000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/process-vat-report-tx502000 page You use this window to process a VAT report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified VAT reporting period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Process VAT report (TX502000) You use this window to process a VAT report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified VAT reporting period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to process a VAT report prepared for a selected tax agency for the specified VAT reporting period. You can close the VAT reporting period that you have prepared in the [Prepare VAT report (TX501000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/prepare-vat-report-tx501000/) window and generate a purchase invoice intended for the selected tax agency. The supplier invoice contains the net VAT amount that must be reported to the tax agency. You can turn off the creation of the generation of purchase invoice on the **Tax agency settings** tab on the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. If any documents were posted to the closed reporting period, you can create a new revision of the report with the appropriate VAT adjustment automatically generated. You can specify whether the particular tax agency allows posting to closed reporting periods on the **Tax agency settings** tab of the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. After closing the VAT period you can send/resend the VAT report to AutoReport where it will be authenticated and uploaded to the government. ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Close period	Close the selected reporting period to process / release the report. Note: In a company having the File VAT by branches selected, all branches must be prepared before you can close.
Send	Send the VAT report to the tax agency after you have closed it. The Send button is active if the selected revision is closed but not yet sent to the authorities.
Resend	Resend the VAT report to the tax authorities if you have corrected the report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window and need to send it to the tax authorities again. The Resend button is active if the selected revision has been sent to the authorities.
Validate	Sends the VAT report for validation at the tax agency without sending it.
Actions	Two actions are available: Adjust VAT Navigates to the VAT adjustments (TX301000) window, where you can create a VAT adjustment document that adjusts the VAT and the taxable amount of the specified VAT in the prepared VAT report. For details, see: About operations with VAT reports. Void report Voids a VAT report that has the Prepared status, and opens the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) with the corresponding reporting period. If the Update closed reporting periods check box is selected in the Suppliers (AP303000) ../p2p/AP/AP303000-ref.html window, the reporting period remains closed once you have voided a VAT report. In that case, you can update a closed period with data from new documents, void a VAT report and prepare a new one. Note If your company consists of multiple branches, you can void a VAT report for the selected branch only. Once you have prepared the voided VAT report again, you can release VAT reports for company branches.
Inquiries	From the button’s drop-down you can select two reports, which will give you further details on your VAT reporting: VAT report details (TX502010) VAT account control summary (TX40300S)
Reports	Two reports are available: Print VAT report. This makes it easier to print the report that is closed or selected in the window. The report that will be printed depends on the country of the company. Download XML file This will create a copy of the XML file that are sent to AutoReport and are mostly used for support purpose.

## The top part You use the elements in the area to select the branch, tax agency, and VAT period for the report to be released.

Element	Description
Company	The company whose VAT report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch whose VAT report will be released. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. The Company type must be With branches requiring balancing and the check box File tax by branch checked.
Tax agency	The ID and name of the tax agency for which the VAT report is intended. Select a tax agency from the list of agencies available in the system. In Visma Net, tax authorities are defined as suppliers. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting period	The VAT reporting period the report covers.
Report status	The status of the report.
Revision	The revision number of the VAT report. The revision number changes each time you prepare a VAT report for a closed reporting period. With each revision, a new purchase invoice is generated automatically and is listed on the Supplier documents tab. Note You can generate updated VAT reports for closed reporting periods if this functionality is enabled for the tax agency on the Tax agency settings tab of the Suppliers (AP303000) window.
Show differences	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the amounts shown in the table on the Details tab are taken from documents posted between the VAT report revision selected in the Revision field and the previous revision of the VAT report. That is, these are the amounts that indicate the difference between the revisions of the VAT report. This check box is available only for revision 2 and higher.
From	Read-only. The start date of the selected period.
To	Read-only. The end date of the selected period. This date will be used as date on the tax document created on the tax agency.
Due date	The due date is suggested based on the payment terms of the tax agency. You can overwrite the date before you close the report. It will be used on the invoices and credit notes that are created.
Report type	The report type for the VAT report. Main report Used the first time the report is sent. It will also replace the previous report. The report type for the VAT report. Main report Used for revision 1 or if you have created more that one revision, but not sent any previous revisions. Supplementary report Can only be used for revision 2 or higher and is used if you have corrections to the previous report.
Replacement reason	If the revision is 2 or higher you have to select a replacement reason for the report that will be sent to the tax authority: 332 - Calculation error/typing error 333 - Guidance received during tax audit 334 - Change in legal practice 335 - Error in interpreting tax law
Report status	The status of the VAT report. Prepared The report has been prepared but not yet sent to the tax authorities. Closed The report has been sent to the tax authorities and is closed.
Status message reply	Select from the drop-down list one of the report’s Reply status messages: AutoReport acknowledged Received Sent Log on error Upload error Invalid report Processing failed Sending Rejected by government Report ready for download AutoReport failure Error forwarding to PinkWeb (NL Forwarded to PinkWeb (NL)
Payment ref. no.	Read-only. The payment reference number is generated based on the corporate ID from the branch, the reporting period type from the tax agency and the Reporting period. If the value is wrong you must correct the value in the created invoice or credit note. If the VAT registration ID is wrong you get a warning: The VAT registration ID has the wrong format. Generating the payment reference number failed.
Current bank account	Shows the current bank account The current bank account or IBAN from the Payment settings tab in Company. This is used by the tax authority to pay a claim to the company. If File tax by branch is selected on the company the the bank account is from the branch
Current BIC (Swift)	The BIC (swift) for the current bank account if IBAN is used from the Payment settings tab in Company. If File tax by branch is selected for the company, the BIC (swift) is from the branch.
New bank account	If you want to change the bank account that you want the government to use if you have a claim, you can enter this here. The new bank account will be sent and updated in Altinn.
New BIC (Swift)	If you enter an IBAN in the New bank account field, you have to enter the SWIFT/BIC for this account.
Telephone	The telephone number of the reporter’s contact person. This is automatically filled out based on information entered for the company. If File tax by branch is selected for the company, it is based on the information entered for the branch.
Contact name	The name of the reporter’s contact person. If File tax by branch is selected for the company, it is based on the information entered for the branch.
Email address	The email address of the user sending the report. Suggests the email address entered in the AutoReport settings tab in the Organisations (CS101500) window. If the field is empty or you want to change the email address, you will see the message: Do you want to save (new email) as your default email address(set in the Organisation window) for reports sent to AutoReport?
New total amount	When there is a report with revision 2 or higher and you select the report type Supplementary report this field shows the new total amount based on the detail line having the net VAT set.
Old total amount	Calculates the value from the previous revision. The amount can be changed and will affect the total to be paid/reclaimed. Changes will be saved.
Total to be paid/reclaimed	Calculated based on New total amount minus Old total amount.
Note to tax agency	Enter comments to the tax authority of any derivation or information regarding the report if necessary. Read only: For revision 2 or higher the field will show what is being corrected.
Report transfer status	Visible after the report has been validated or sent. The status from AutoReport or the tax authority of the sent report
Report transfer date	Visible after the report has been validated or sent. The date and time for when the sent and received status.
Report transfer message	Visible after the report has been validated or sent. Message sent from AutoReport or the tax authority

## The Details tab This tab shows the lines included in the prepared VAT report. The lines contain particular amounts (VAT and taxable) accumulated according to the taxable documents during the selected reporting period. Select the **Hide rows with no amount** check box to only view rows with VAT transactions.

Column	Description
Report line order	A report line defined for the tax agency report.
Description	The description of the report line. It can be maintained in the Reporting settings (TX205100) window.
Amount	The accumulated amount (VAT or taxable) for the report line in the default currency for the reporting groups that are defined to report this line. You can maintain it in the Reporting settings (TX205100) window.
VAT box number	This contains the code used in the electronic report to the government. The lines without a code will not be included in the report. Note: These codes must correspond with the authorities coding for VAT reports.
From VAT period	The first VAT period to report from.
Report line no.	This is the line number that is created by the system.
To VAT period	The last VAT period to report from.
Sort order	Here you can enter a value that is used to sort the report lines in the windows Prepare VAT report (TX501000) and Process VAT report (TX502000).
VAT zone ID	This is used if the values should be used only for one VAT zone. It is not in use in standard reports.

## The Supplier documents tab This tab shows any supplier documents (of the **Invoice** or **Purchase credit note** types) created by the system when the VAT report was released for the selected reporting period. In addition, it shows all invoices created manually in the [Purchase invoices (AP301000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/purchase-invoices-ap301000/) window for the tax agency with date corresponding to the from and to date for the VAT period. The manually created invoices will have an empty VAT revision. This supplier document contains the total VAT amount that you have to pay to the tax agency. This VAT amount is taken from the **Net VAT** row of the VAT report (the row for which the **Net VAT** check box is selected in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window; all VAT amounts are accumulated in this row. For details, see: [About VAT report configuration](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/configure-vat-reports/about-vat-report-configuration/). > [!NOTE] > The system generates this supplier document and displays it on the **Supplier documents** tab only if the **Net VAT** row is configured in the VAT report and **Generate the VAT invoice automatically** is checked on the **Tax agency supplier** tab. If you have documents posted to a closed reporting period, you can prepare and release the updated VAT report for that period. This functionality is available only if the **Update closed VAT periods** check box is selected for the tax agency on the **Tax agency settings** tab in the [Suppliers (AP303000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/suppliers-ap303000/) window. Once the updated VAT report is released, another supplier document is generated and listed on the **Supplier documents** tab in addition to the previous supplier document. For details, see: [About VAT report release](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-vat-reports/about-vat-report-release/).

Column	Description
Branch	The branch that is responsible for paying the supplier document. This column is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Type	The type of the accounts payable document: Purchase invoice , is created if the company have to pay VAT Purchase credit note , is created if the company has VAT to be paid back from the authorities.
Invoice no.	The number that identifies the supplier document in the system. This Invoice no. is generated according to the numbering series assigned to the documents of the corresponding type in the Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000) window. If you click this number, the document opens in a separate window.
Date	The last date of the VAT reporting period.
Due date	The due date depends on the payment terms defined on the General settings tab in the Suppliers (AP303000) window.
Post period	The period to which the selected document has been posted.
Supplier	The supplier (which is the tax agency) the supplier document is referred to.
Currency	The currency of the supplier document.
Amount	The amount of the supplier document.
Balance	The balance of the selected supplier document.
Status	The status of the selected supplier document. Open The document has not been paid. Closed The document has been paid or matched. For details, see the Purchase invoices (AP301000) window.
VAT revision	The revision ID of the supplier document. The supplier document is created in the process after the Close period button is clicked. Documents with empty revision are created manually in the Purchase invoices (AP301000) window.
Supplier ref.	This column is updated with the payment reference number from the VAT report when the invoice is created by the Process VAT report window.

Concepts

Tasks

Reporting groups (TX205200) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200 page In this window, you can view and edit reporting groups created for a particular tax agency. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reporting groups (TX205200) In this window, you can view and edit reporting groups created for a particular tax agency. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can view and edit reporting groups created for a particular tax agency. You can add or delete report lines that should be updated by the VAT associated with selected reporting group. You associate the reporting groups with the particular taxes by using the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. Report lines were initially defined in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window. ## The top part You use the elements in this area to select the tax agency and reporting group.

Element	Description
Tax agency	The tax agency for which you want to configure or modify the VAT report groups. The default tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting group	The group by its name.
Group type	Read-only. The group type, which is one of the following: Input This type of group is used for VAT included in the purchase price (that can be claimed from a tax agency). Output This type of group is used for VAT included in the sales price.

Tax agency

The tax agency for which you want to configure or modify the VAT report groups. The default tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.

Reporting group

The group by its name.

Group type

Read-only. The group type, which is one of the following:

Input: This type of group is used for VAT included in the purchase price (that can be claimed from a tax agency).
Output: This type of group is used for VAT included in the sales price.

## The table This table contains the list of those report lines configured for the tax agency that are updated by the reporting group specified in the top part.

Column	Description
Report line	The report line to be updated by the tax associated with the selected reporting group. Select the value from the list of the report lines configured for the tax agency.
Update with	The type of the amount to be accumulated in the selected report line. This amount is initially set in the Reporting settings (TX205100) window: VAT amount or Taxable amount.
Update rule	The rule of updating the report line. Two options are available: Output – input : The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the VAT for which the appropriate Output and Input groups are specified. This rule can be also defined only for the Output type groups and for the Input type groups. If it is defined for the Input type groups, the line will contain the amount with the minus sign. Input – output : The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the tax for which the appropriate Input and Output groups are specified. It can be also defined only for the Input type groups and for the Output type groups. If it is defined for the Output type groups, the line will contain the amount with the minus sign.

Report line

The report line to be updated by the tax associated with the selected reporting group. Select the value from the list of the report lines configured for the tax agency.

Update with

The type of the amount to be accumulated in the selected report line. This amount is initially set in the Reporting settings (TX205100) window: VAT amount or Taxable amount.

Update rule

The rule of updating the report line. Two options are available:

Output – input

: The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the VAT for which the appropriate Output and Input groups are specified. This rule can be also defined only for the Output type groups and for the Input type groups. If it is defined for the Input type groups, the line will contain the amount with the minus sign.

Input – output

: The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the tax for which the appropriate Input and Output groups are specified. It can be also defined only for the Input type groups and for the Output type groups. If it is defined for the Output type groups, the line will contain the amount with the minus sign.

Reporting settings (TX205100) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100 page In this window, you can configure the elements of a VAT report that are required to set up the accumulation of the appropriate VAT and taxable amounts in the VAT report. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # Reporting settings (TX205100) In this window, you can configure the elements of a VAT report that are required to set up the accumulation of the appropriate VAT and taxable amounts in the VAT report. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can configure the elements of a VAT report that are required to set up the accumulation of the appropriate VAT and taxable amounts in the VAT report. Do the configuration as follows: 1. On the **Report lines** tab, configure the required report lines. The VAT report is represented as a table in Visma Net, so you should create the required number of rows, referred to as **report lines** in Visma Net, in which the appropriate values (VAT or taxable amounts) will be recorded. > [!NOTE] > In the original VAT report window, the report lines are represented as fields that should be filled with appropriate amounts manually. 1. On the **Reporting groups** tab, create the required reporting groups. A reporting group is an entity that will act as a link between a particular VAT and particular lines of the VAT report. To each reporting group, you will later add the appropriate report lines in the [Reporting groups (TX205200)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-groups-tx205200/) window, and then assign each reporting group to the appropriate VAT in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. Thus, VAT and taxable amounts calculated in documents based on a particular VAT will be recorded by the system "on the fly" to the appropriate lines of the VAT report. You need to create at least one output reporting group for the VAT to be paid to the tax agency, and at least one input reporting group for the VAT to be claimed from the tax agency. For details, see: [About VAT report configuration](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/configure-vat-reports/about-vat-report-configuration/). ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Reload VAT zones	Initiates the process of regenerating the lines itemised by VAT zones in the VAT report. Use this functionality if you have created new VAT zones after configuring a VAT report with the lines detailed by VAT zone. As a result, the report lines for newly created VAT zones will be added to the VAT report. Note Use this operation if you have configured the report with lines itemised by VAT zones (that is, if the Detail by VAT zones check box is selected for any line in the table).

Reload VAT zones

Initiates the process of regenerating the lines itemised by VAT zones in the VAT report.

Use this functionality if you have created new VAT zones after configuring a VAT report with the lines detailed by VAT zone. As a result, the report lines for newly created VAT zones will be added to the VAT report.

Note

Use this operation if you have configured the report with lines itemised by VAT zones (that is, if the Detail by VAT zones check box is selected for any line in the table).

## The top part In this area, select the tax agency for which you want to configure or modify the VAT report. In Visma Net, tax agencies or authorities are defined as suppliers.

Element	Description
Tax agency	The tax agency for which you want to configure or modify the VAT report. The default tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Show VAT zones	A check box that you select to view the VAT zones included in the VAT report. The VAT zones are shown only if the Detail by VAT zones check box is selected for a required report line. If you have created new VAT zones after configuring a VAT report with the lines detailed by VAT zone, you need to regenerate the lines in the VAT report by using the Reload VAT zones button. Otherwise, the newly created VAT zones will not be added to the configured VAT report.

Tax agency

The tax agency for which you want to configure or modify the VAT report. The default tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.

Show VAT zones

A check box that you select to view the VAT zones included in the VAT report.

The VAT zones are shown only if the Detail by VAT zones check box is selected for a required report line.

If you have created new VAT zones after configuring a VAT report with the lines detailed by VAT zone, you need to regenerate the lines in the VAT report by using the Reload VAT zones button. Otherwise, the newly created VAT zones will not be added to the configured VAT report.

## The Report lines tab This tab lists the report lines configured for the VAT report and their settings.

Column	Description
Report line	The number representing the order of the report line. These system-generated numbers are assigned as you add new lines.
Description	A detailed description of the report line. This can be an alphanumeric string of up to 60 characters.
Update with	An indicator of whether the amount that will be used to update the line is a VAT amount or Taxable amount.
Update rule	The rule of updating the report line. Two options are available: Output – Input : The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the VAT for which the appropriate Output and Input groups are specified. This rule can also be defined only for Output and Input groups. If it is defined for groups with the Input type, the line will contain an amount with the minus sign (that is, a negative amount). Input – Output : The difference between the VAT amounts or taxable amounts (depending on the Update with option selected) of the VAT for which the appropriate Input and Output groups are specified. It can also be defined only for Input and Output type groups. If it is defined for groups with the Output type, the line will contain an amount with the minus sign (that is, a negative amount).
VAT zone ID	The VAT zone that includes the list of taxes. Only the VAT or taxable amounts calculated based on the taxes included in the selected VAT zone will be accumulated in this line.
Detail by VAT zones	A check box that initiates (if selected) the process of generating the report lines itemised by the VAT zones. That is, the line in which this check box is selected will be split into multiple lines for each VAT zone created in the system. Later, when you prepare the VAT report in the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, the appropriate VAT or taxable amount will be split by VAT zones and shown in separate lines. You can view the lines detailed by VAT zone by selecting the Show VAT zones check box in the selection area of this window.
Net VAT	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the line shows the net VAT amount. Only one line for each report can be selected as containing the net amount. If no report line is specified as the net VAT, no invoice will be generated upon release of the VAT report. VAT adjustment amounts entered for the open VAT period adjust the net VAT.
Hide report line	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the line will not be included in the VAT report during its generation.
VAT field number	The number of the corresponding field of the original report window.
Calculate rule	The numbers of the report lines whose amounts will be used for calculating the amount in this line. This field is filled in by the system automatically if it is an aggregate line and the appropriate settings are specified.

## The Reporting groups tab On this tab, you can create reporting groups for accumulating input and output VAT amounts for various taxes to be included in the VAT report. When the reporting groups are created, associate them with the specific taxes in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window.

Button	Description
Group Details	Opens the Reporting groups (TX205200) window for the selected group where you can edit the group settings.

Column	Description
Name	The name of the reporting group or a description. An alphanumeric string of up to 60 characters may be used.
Group type	The type of the reporting group, Input or Output.

VAT (TX205000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000 page You use this window to define all the VAT rates related to your business. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT (TX205000) You use this window to define all the VAT rates related to your business. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You use this window to define all the VAT rates related to your business. Each VAT rate is reported to a specific tax agency and is paid to or claimed from the agency. For details, see: [About VAT settings](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/manage-taxes/about-vat-settings/). The definition of the VAT includes such settings as the following: + The VAT rate used to calculate the VAT amount + The method of VAT amount calculation + The date when the VAT becomes effective or after which the VAT is not valid + The general ledger accounts to which the calculated VAT amounts should be posted On the tabs in this window, you can view VAT categories and VAT zones that include the VAT, and easily exclude a particular VAT from VAT categories or zones. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The VAT settings tab On this tab, you can select a VAT to view its details, or you can create a new VAT.

Element	Description
VAT ID	The unique ID of the VAT. You can use an alphanumeric string of up to 10 characters.
Description	A detailed description of the VAT. You can use an alphanumeric string of up to 30 characters.
VAT type	The type of VAT. Sales Use VAT Withholding
Partially deductible VAT	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this is a deductible value-added VAT. You configure this type of the VAT if your company is allowed to deduct some part of the VAT paid to a supplier from your own VAT liability to the government. This check box is available only if the VAT reporting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Reverse VAT	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this is a reverse VAT. A reverse VAT is a type of VAT used in some countries of the European Union (EU). When this type of VAT is applied to a company that supplies goods or services to other EU countries, the liability of the reporting VAT is reversed and goes to the customer rather than to the supplier. This check box is available only if the VAT reporting functionality is enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Statistical VAT	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the VAT on documents will be calculated only for statistical purposes or will be reported only but not actually paid. This check box is available only if the VAT reporting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Pending VAT	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the VAT that should be calculated in documents, but should not be recorded to the VAT report until the VAT invoice is received. Later the VAT of the pending type can be converted into a general VAT in the Recognise input VAT (TX503500) or the Recognise output VAT (TX503000) windows. This check box is available only if the VAT reporting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Enter from VAT invoice	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this VAT should be calculated for documents only if the documents are added to a VAT invoice or VAT adjustment. VAT invoices and adjustments are created in the VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Include in VAT exempt total	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this value-added VAT has a zero rate and is used to calculate a document subtotal that is actually exempt from VAT. The calculated amount will be displayed in the VAT exempt total field in the documents (such as invoices). This check box is available only if the VAT reporting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Include in VAT taxable total	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the VAT taxable amount should appear in the VAT taxable total field in the documents (such as invoices). Note If a document contains multiple transactions (lines) with different taxes applied on each line and each of the applied taxes has this check box selected, the taxable amount calculated for each line of the document will be added to the VAT taxable total box of the document. Clear this check box if you do not want the system to insert the taxable amount calculated based on this VAT into the VAT taxable total field of the documents. This check box is available only if the VAT reporting check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Calculate on	The method of calculating the tax amount, which is one of the following options: Extract from item amount The VAT amount is included in item amounts and will be extracted from the item amount. Item amount The VAT amount is not included in item amounts and will be added to the tax amount as first-level VAT. Item and VAT amount This VAT is a second-level VAT calculated on item amounts and the amounts of the first-level taxes. Document amount This VAT is a first-level VAT calculated on the document amount, not on a per-line basis. This VAT is calculated on the sum of line amounts of all the items with the same VAT applicable). Document and VAT amount This VAT is a second-level VAT calculated on the document amount and the amount of the first-level VAT. The second-level will not include VAT amount for VAT ID’s that has the settings Exclude from VAT on VAT.
Cash discount	The method of calculating the tax base amount if a cash discount is applied. One of the following options can be selected: Reduces VAT amount: The taxable amount is decreased by the cash discount. The VAT amount is calculated on the document total amount minus the cash discount. Does not affect VAT amount (default option): VAT is calculated on the document total whether the cash discount is applicable or not. Reduces VAT amount on early payment: The system will adjust the taxable amount (by using the credit note) if the final payment has been received within the cash discount period (that is, before the Cash discount date specified in the invoice). For details, see: About VAT calculated for documents with cash discounts. Note This option is available for a VAT type of tax only (that is, a tax for which the VAT option is selected in the VAT type field).
Exclude from VAT on VAT calculation	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this is a first-level VAT. With this check box selected, for calculating the second-level VAT amount in a document, the system uses the same tax base (taxable amount) that was used for calculating the first-level VAT amount. That is, the system excludes the first-level VAT amount from the tax base used for calculating the second-level tax amount. If this check box is cleared, the system uses the first-level taxable amount plus the first-level VAT amount as the tax base for calculating the second-level VAT amount. For details, see: About VAT settings.
Tax agency	The name of the tax agency to receive the VAT. In Visma Net, tax agencies (as well other taxing authorities) are defined as suppliers. Select a supplier account from the list of accounts that are tax agencies, or leave the field blank.
Not valid after	The date after which the VAT is not effective.
EU report code	The EU reporting code for the VAT. Sales of goods Triangulation Sales of services Only used in the Intrastat report.
Default non-stock item	The default non-stock item for the VAT ID. Only used in the AutoReport integration.
PEPPOL VAT category	Only used in PEPPOL export/import. AE Vat Reverse Charge Code specifying that the standard VAT rate is levied from the invoice. E Exempt from Tax Code specifying that taxes are not applicable. G Free export item, VAT not charged Code specifying that the item is free export and taxes are not charged. K VAT exempt for EEA intra-community supply of goods and services A tax category code indicating the item is VAT exempt due to an intra-community supply in the European Economic Area. L the Canary Islands general indirect tax The Impuesto General Indirecto Canario (IGIC) is an indirect tax levied on goods and services supplied in the Canary Islands (Spain) by traders and professionals, as well as on import of goods. M The Impuesto General Indirecto Canario (IGIC) is an indirect tax levied on goods and services supplied in the Canary Islands (Spain) by traders and professionals, as well as on import of goods. The Impuesto sobre la Producción, los Servicios y la Importación (IPSI) is an indirect municipal tax, levied on the production, processing and import of all kinds of movable tangible property, the supply of services and the transfer of immovable property located in the cities of Ceuta and Melilla. O Services outside the scope of tax Code specifying that taxes are not applicable to the services. S Standard rate Code specifying the standard rate. Z Zero-rated goods Code specifying that the goods are at a zero rate.
Visma XML VAT type	The VAT type to be used in Visma XML files when exporting to AutoInvoice. Only available for VAT type VAT.

## The General ledger accounts tab You use this tab to specify the accounts to be used for this VAT.

Element	Description
VAT payable account	The liability account that accumulates the VAT amounts to be paid to a tax agency for the VAT reporting period. By default, the account is associated with the tax agency but can be overwritten. Mandatory for all VAT types.
VAT payable subaccount	The corresponding VAT payable subaccount. This check box is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Mandatory for all VAT types.
VAT claimable account	The account that accumulates the VAT amounts to be claimed from the tax agency for the VAT reporting period. By default, the account is the one associated with the tax agency, but the default account can be overwritten. Only available for VAT type VAT.
VAT claimable subaccount	The corresponding tax claimable subaccount. This check box is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT.
Use VAT expense account	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the VAT expense account field (and the VAT expense subaccount field, if applicable) is available for editing. In these fields, you specify the expense account (and subaccount, if applicable) to which the system will record the non-deductible VAT amounts. If this check box is cleared, the VAT expense account field (and the VAT expense subaccount field, if applicable) is not available, and the non-deductible VAT amounts are recorded by the system to the expense account specified in the document. This check box is available only if the Partially deductible VAT check box is selected for a tax of the VAT type on the VAT settings tab. Only available for VAT type VAT.
VAT expense account	The expense account that is used to record either the VAT amounts of the Use VAT or the non-deductible VAT amounts of the deductible value-added tax. For the deductible VAT, this field is available for editing only if the Use VAT expense account check box is selected. Only available for VAT types: VAT and Use.
VAT expense subaccount	The corresponding expense subaccount. This check box is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT types: VAT and Use.
Pending VAT payable account	The liability account that accumulates the amount of taxes to be paid to a tax agency for the pending VAT. Only available for VAT type VAT and when the Pending VAT check box is selected.
Pending VAT payable subaccount	The corresponding tax payable pending subaccount. This check box is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT and when the Pending VAT check box is selected.
Pending VAT claimable account	The account that accumulates VAT amounts to be claimed from the tax agency for the pending VAT. Only available for VAT type VAT and when the Pending VAT check box is selected.
Pending VAT claimable subaccount	The corresponding VAT claimable pending subaccount. This check box is available only if the Subaccounts check box is selected and enabled in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window. Only available for VAT type VAT and when the Pending VAT check box is selected.

## The VAT schedule tab This tab contains information about the schedule of the VAT, as well as its rate, minimum and maximum taxable amount, and reporting group.

Column	Description
Start date	The date when the VAT at the rate in the current row becomes effective. If the rate for the VAT changes in the future, add a row to this table and specify a start date for a new rate.
VAT rate	The VAT rate (%) that is used to calculate the VAT amount.
Deductible VAT rate	The VAT rate (%) that is used to calculate the amount deductible from the output VAT. This column appears only if the Deductible VAT check box is selected for the VAT.
Min. taxable amount	The minimum taxable amount for which this rate is applicable. No minimum will be set if you type 0.
Max. taxable amount	The maximum taxable amount for which this rate applies. No maximum will be set if you type 0. If both minimum and maximum amounts (greater than 0) are set, the maximum amount should be greater than the minimum amount.
Reporting group	The reporting group for the VAT. The reporting groups available for selection are defined for the tax agency in the Reporting settings (TX205100) window. If no tax agency is specified for the VAT, you can select from the default input or default output reporting groups.
Group type	The type of the reporting group.

## The Categories tab This tab displays the VAT categories in which the VAT is included.

Column	Description
VAT category	The VAT code in which the VAT is included.
Exclude listed taxes	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this VAT should be excluded from calculation when used with the specified category.
Description	The detailed description of the VAT category.

## The Zones tab This tab has a table showing the VAT zones that include the VAT.

Column	Description
VAT zone ID	A VAT zone that includes the VAT.
Default VAT category	The default VAT category assigned to the VAT zone.
Description	The detailed description of the VAT zone.

## The Document text tab This tab has a table showing the document text. These are texts that are printed on documents or exported to AutoInvoice and the SAF-T reports (Partly deductable).

Column	Description
Language	The localised reports will follow the language of the document text from this window. For example, the Finnish invoice form will take the language fi-FI from the document text. The reports that are not localised will take the language from the Document language field on the General information tab in the Customers (AR303000) window.
Document text	This field is where you enter your document text for your report.
Electronic text	The electronic text used when invoices are sent to AutoInvoice. If this field is empty, the text in the Document text field will be used.

Language

The localised reports will follow the language of the document text from this window.

For example, the Finnish invoice form will take the language fi-FI from the document text.

The reports that are not localised will take the language from the Document language field on the General information tab in the Customers (AR303000) window.

Document text

This field is where you enter your document text for your report.

Electronic text

The electronic text used when invoices are sent to AutoInvoice.

If this field is empty, the text in the Document text field will be used.

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

VAT account control details (TX40400S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-account-control-details-tx40400s page This window shows a summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT account control details (TX40400S) This window shows a summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Note! If you have selected the **Post summary when updating the general ledger** check box on the **General information** tab in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/), the [Customer ledger preferences (AR101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-ledger-preferences-ar101000/) or the [Inventory preferences (IN101000](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/inventory-preferences-in101000/) windows, the VAT information will be missing because the general ledger transactions are missing the link to the original document line containing the VAT information. ## The top part

Element	Description
Company	The company whose general ledger transactions belong to. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Branch	The branch whose general ledger transactions belongs to. You will only see branches for the selected Company. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Tax agency	The tax agency the transactions are reported to. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting period	The reporting period for which you want to view VAT account control details. You only see closed and prepared periods here. When filled out, the From and To period will be filled out with the corresponding periods based on the reporting periods’ start and end date. The Include transactions without VAT period check box will become enabled.
From period	The start of the period range for which you want to view VAT account control details. This column in mandatory.
To period	The end of the period range for which you want to view VAT account control details. This column in mandatory.
Type	Select one of the following types: Asset Liability Income Expense
General ledger account no.	In the field, select a specific Account.
VAT ID	Select a specific VAT ID
Transaction type	Select a specific transaction type, for example, Sales invoices, Purchase invoices etc.
Include transactions without VAT period	If this check box becomes available once you enter a reporting period. If this check box is selected, the transactions that are not processed by the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) and the Process VAT report (TX502000) windows are shown.
Include unposted transactions	If this check box is selected, the unreleased transactions will be included.
Show only VAT deviations	If this check box is selected, only the transactions where VAT rate and calculated VAT rate are different will show

### The Total amount section

Element	Description
Posted amount debit	Posted amount debit for selected transactions
Posted amount credit	Posted amount credit for selected transactions
Taxable amount	The taxable amount for selected transactions
VAT amount	The calculated VAT rate for selected transactions.
VAT rate %	The VAT rate from the VAT ID.

## The table This table lists the reporting lines with the amounts for the period.

Column	Description
Branch ID	The Branch ID is only visible if the Multi-branch support check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Transaction type	The transaction type, such as Invoice, Credit note, Payment and so forth.
Account	The account number.
Transaction description	A description of the transaction or any comments relevant to the transaction.
VAT account	If the account is a VAT account, then this is checked.
Posted amount debit	The posted amount debit.
Posted amount credit	The posted amount debit.
Taxable amount	The taxable amount in currency.
Currency	The currency for the transaction.
Exchange rate	The exchange rate for the transaction.
Posted debit amount in currency	The posted amount debit in currency.
Posted credit amount in currency	The posted amount credit in currency.
Taxable amount	The taxable amount in currency.
VAT ID	The VAT ID for the transaction.
Trans. date	The transaction date.
VAT category ID	The VAT category for the transaction.
VAT rate %	The VAT rate for the VAT ID.
Posted VAT amount	The posted VAT amount for the transactions
Calculated VAT rate (%)	This calculates the VAT rate based on the Taxable amount and the VAT amount.
Ref. no.	The document number or the voucher number for the transaction.
Batch no.	The batch number for posting.
VAT supplier ID	The tax agency supplier.
Reporting group	The VAT reporting group where it appears in the VAT report.
Reporting group name	The VAT reporting group name.
VAT zone ID	The VAT zone of the transaction.
Revision ID	The revision ID of the VAT report.
Deductible VAT rate	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate has partly deductible rate this will show the rate that is base for the Taxable amount.
Expense amount	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate has partly deductible rate this will show the rate that is base for the Taxable amount.
Original VAT amount	This show the VAT amount for the whole document for this VAT ID.
Post period	The posted period.
Posted	Status for posted.
Released	Status for released.
Subaccount	The subaccount for the transaction.
Sum post	The status if the post is a sum post, as the supplier or supplier accounts.
Trans. class	The transaction classes: N = Normal T = Tax
Trans. period	The transaction period.
VAT period ID	The VAT reporting period.
Workspace	The origin workspace of the transaction.

Parent topic: [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) VAT account control summary (TX40300S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-account-control-summary-tx40300s page This window shows a summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT account control summary (TX40300S) This window shows a summary per account of all general ledger transactions with VAT information for each account that has a link to a document containing VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. Note! If you have selected the **Post summary when updating the general ledger** check box on the **General information** tab in the [Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/supplier-ledger/supplier-ledger-windows/supplier-ledger-preferences-ap101000/), the [Customer ledger preferences (AR101000)](/visma-net-erp/help/customer-ledger/customer-ledger-windows/customer-ledger-preferences-ar101000/) or the [Inventory preferences (IN101000](/visma-net-erp/help/inventory/inventory-windows/inventory-preferences-in101000/) windows, the VAT information will be missing because the general ledger transactions are missing the link to the original document line containing the VAT information. The top part is used to filter transactions. ## The top part

Element	Description
Company	The company to whose general ledger the transactions belong. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch to whose general ledger the transactions belong. You will only see branches for the selected company. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support check box is selected the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Tax agency	The tax agency to which the transactions are reported. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting period	The VAT period from which the transactions are reported. You only see closed and prepared period here.
From period	The financial period from which the transactions are posted.
To period	The financial period until which the transactions are posted.
General ledger account no.	Select a specific account.
VAT ID	Select a specific VAT ID.
Transaction type	From the drop-down, you select a specific transaction type, for example, Sales invoices, Purchase invoices etc.
Include transactions without VAT period	If this check box is selected, the transactions that are not processed by the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) and the Process VAT report (TX502000) windows are shown.
Include unposted transactions	If this check box is selected, the unreleased transactions will be included.
Show only VAT deviations	If this check box is selected, only the transactions where the VAT rate and the calculated VAT rate are different will show.

### The Total amount section

Element	Description
Posted amount debit	The posted amount debit for selected transactions.
Posted amount credit	The posted amount credit for selected transactions.
Taxable amount	The taxable amount for selected transactions.
VAT amount	The calculated VAT rate for selected transactions.
VAT rate %	The VAT rate from the VAT ID.

## The table This table lists the reporting lines with the amounts for the period.

Column	Description
Branch ID	The Branch ID is only visible if the Multi-branch support check box is selected in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Transaction type	The transaction type, such as Invoice, Credit note, Payment and so forth.
Account	The account number.
Description	The description from the transactions.
VAT account	If the account is the VAT account then this is checked.
Posted amount debit	The posted amount debit.
Posted amount credit	The posted amount debit.
Taxable amount	The taxable amount.
VAT ID	The VAT ID for the transactions.
VAT category ID	The VAT category for the transactions.
VAT rate %	The VAT rate for the VAT ID.
Posted VAT amount	The VAT rate for the VAT ID.
Calculated VAT rate (%)	This calculates the VAT rate based on the taxable amount and VAT amount.
Post period	The posted period.
Trans. period	The transaction period based on the document date.
VAT period ID	The VAT period the transaction was reported.
Deductible VAT rate	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate has partly deductible rate this will show the rate that is base for the taxable amount.
Expense amount	Shows the deductible VAT rate. Normally it is 100%, but if the rate has partly deductible rate this will show the rate that is base for the taxable amount.
Workspace	The workspace the transactions are created from.
Original VAT amount	This show the VAT amount for the whole document for this VAT ID.

Parent topic: [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) VAT adjustments (TX301000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-adjustments-tx301000 page You can use this window to create a VAT adjustment document that will adjust the required VAT and taxable amounts in the prepared VAT report for the selected tax agency and selected VAT reporting period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT adjustments (TX301000) You can use this window to create a VAT adjustment document that will adjust the required VAT and taxable amounts in the prepared VAT report for the selected tax agency and selected VAT reporting period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to create a VAT adjustment document that will adjust the required VAT and taxable amounts in the prepared VAT report for the selected tax agency and selected VAT reporting period. The adjustment amount will decrease or increase the amounts of the appropriate report lines as well as the amount of the report line selected as the **Net VAT** in the [Reporting settings (TX205100)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/reporting-settings-tx205100/) window. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Release	Releases the VAT adjustment and generates a batch of transactions.
Reverse	Reverses the VAT adjustment, and the reversal transactions are generated for all released transactions associated with this VAT adjustment and posted to the same book as the original VAT adjustment.

## The top part Here, you can specify the VAT period, tax agency, and type for a new VAT adjustment. Also, you can select an existing VAT adjustment by its reference number and view its details.

Element	Description
Type	The type of tax adjustment document that can be one of the following: Adjust VAT on sales The document that adjusts VAT and taxable amounts of the VAT associated with the input reporting group (the VAT amount that can be claimed from the tax agency). Adjust VAT on purchases The document that adjusts VAT and taxable amounts of the VAT associated with the output reporting group (the VAT amount that must be paid to the tax agency).
Ref. no.	The unique ID used for the VAT adjustment. The system generates this number according to the numbering series assigned to the supplier invoices in the Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000) window.
Status	The status of the VAT adjustment.
Hold	When selected, this adjustment has the status On hold and cannot be released.
Company	The company branch associated with the VAT adjustment.
Branch	The branch associated with the VAT adjustment.
Tax agency	The ID and name of the tax agency for which the VAT report is intended. Select a tax agency from the list of agencies available in the system. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
reporting period	The VAT reporting period to which the VAT adjustment is posted. Only open VAT periods are available for selection.
Date	The date of the VAT adjustment document. The system inserts an appropriate date by default depending on the Use period end date to report VAT check box setting specified for the selected tax agency on the Tax agency settings tab of the Suppliers (AP303000) window: If the Use period end date to report VAT check box is cleared, the end date of the VAT period (that you specify in this window) will be used. If the Use period end date to report VAT check box is selected, the end date of the last financial period covered by the VAT period (that you select in this window) is used. Note that if this date is later than the end date of the selected VAT period, the current system business date will be used.
Description	A detailed description for the VAT adjustment. An alphanumeric string of up to 60 characters.
Currency	The currency of the adjustment.
View base	If you use foreign currency, it is possible to view the amounts in your base currency or local currency: Click View base and the amounts will be converted to your base currency and the text will be displayed as your base currency. Click View currency to return to the original view.
Balance	A read-only field that displays the adjustment control amount, which should be equal to both the total amount and the sum of VAT amounts calculated for the list.
Amount	The total amount of all taxes listed in the adjustment.

## The Document details tab On this tab, you can create a list of VAT details for the new VAT adjustment or view the VAT details of an existing VAT adjustment.

Column	Description
VAT ID	The VAT to be affected by the adjustment.
VAT rate	The rate used for the VAT.
Taxable amount	The amount used as the base for VAT calculation.
VAT amount	The VAT amount calculated for the specified taxable amount or entered manually.
VAT zone	The VAT zone of the VAT to be adjusted.
Account	The account correlated with the VAT. For a VAT-increasing adjustment, by default, the account is the VAT payable account specified for the VAT. For a VAT-decreasing adjustment, by default, the account is the VAT claimable account specified for the VAT. You can select another account if needed.
Sub. ID	The corresponding subaccount.
Description	The description of the VAT adjustment reason for a particular line of the VAT adjustment document.

## The Financial details tab On this tab, you can take the following actions: + For a new VAT adjustment, select an expense account to record the adjustment. + For an existing VAT adjustment, view the batch that contains the required transactions.

Element	Description
Batch no.	The number of the batch generated on the adjustment release to implement the adjustment transactions.
Post period	The financial period when the adjustment document was posted.
Adjustment account	The expense account where the adjustment is recorded. By default, it is the tax agency supplier expense account. You can select another account if needed.
Subaccount adjustments	The corresponding subaccount.
Orig. ref. no.	If an adjustment is reversed this column contains the Ref. no which it was reversed from.

VAT categories (TX205500) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-categories-tx205500 page You can use this window to create VAT categories, or to view or edit existing VAT categories. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT categories (TX205500) You can use this window to create VAT categories, or to view or edit existing VAT categories. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to create VAT categories, or to view or edit existing VAT categories. A VAT category groups the taxes that are applied to products or services of the same type. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part Here, you can specify an identifier and description for a new VAT category, or select an existing category to view or edit its details.

Element	Description
VAT category ID	The unique ID of the VAT category. An alphanumeric string of up to six characters.
Description	A detailed description of the category.
Active	When selected, this VAT category is active.
Exclude listed taxes	When selected, this VAT category should exclude the listed taxes from VAT zones.
Standard VAT code	The standard VAT code to be used on documents.
VAT type	The type of VAT, which defines how it is processed. The following options are available: Sales, Purchase, and Both.

## The table This table contains the list of individual taxes for the VAT category. These taxes are generally included unless the **Exclude listed taxes** check box is selected for the category.

Column	Description
VAT ID	The ID of the VAT included in the category. Once you select a VAT by its ID, the other columns of the row are filled in.
Description	The detailed description of the VAT item.
VAT type	The type of VAT, which defines how it is processed. The following options are available: Sales, Purchase, and Both.
Calculate on	The way the VAT amount is calculated, which can be one of the following: Extract from item amount The VAT amount is included in item amounts and should be extracted. Document amount This is a first-level VAT calculated on the document amount, not on a per-item basis. Document and VAT amount This is a second-level VAT calculated on the document amount and the amount of the first-level VAT.
Cash discount	The method of calculating the taxable amount if a discount is applied (based on the payment terms). It can be one of the following: Reduces VAT amount The discount is taken on the total amount calculated for the document. The VAT amount is decreased by the discount. Does not affect VAT amount The discount is taken on the document total, but the VAT is also calculated on the document total. The VAT amount is not affected by the discount.

VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-invoices-and-adjustments-tx303000 page You can use this window to enter VAT invoices or VAT adjustments. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT invoices and adjustments (TX303000) You can use this window to enter VAT invoices or VAT adjustments. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to enter VAT invoices or VAT adjustments. Documents of these types are used for VAT that are paid directly to tax agencies or other suppliers that are authorised to collect specific taxes, such as custom duties on imported goods. You can apply only the taxes with the **Enter from VAT invoice** check box selected in the [VAT (TX205000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/) window. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The window toolbar

Button	Description
Pre-book	Pre-books the invoice.
Release	Releases the VAT invoice or VAT adjustment and generates a batch of transactions.
Correct invoice	Click this to correct the selected invoice.
Send to Approval	Sends the invoice to Approval for approval.
Show files	Shows the files attached to the invoice.
Add attachment	Click to add an attachment to the invoice.
View details	Shows the details of the invoice.
Update lines	Updates the lines of the invoice.
Undo split line	Undoes all actions done by pressing Split line button. The row is deleted and the extended cost is added to the original row. This way the document is always balanced. In case of multiple lines split, the undo action will always add the row selected for undo to the parent and the rest of the rows will change their hierarchy one level up.
Split line	Creates an additional row (child) linked to the original row (parent). You can also split an additional row created, so a child can become parent for another child/children.

## The top part By using the elements in this area, you can specify various information about a new VAT invoice or adjustment, such as the date, the post period, the supplier number of the taxing authority, and the currency of taxes (if it is different from the base currency). Also, you can select an existing tax invoice or adjustment by its reference number and view its details.

Element	Description
Type	The type of VAT document. The following options are available: Purchase invoice, Credit adjustment, or Purchases credit note.
Invoice no.	The unique ID assigned to the tax invoice or VAT adjustment. The system generates this number according to the numbering series assigned to the supplier invoices in the Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000) window.
Document status	The status of the VAT document.
Hold	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this VAT document has a status of On hold and cannot be released.
Date	The date of the VAT document.
Post period	A financial period to post the VAT document.
Supplier ref.	The reference number assigned to the document by the supplier (taxing authority).
Supplier	The ID of the taxing authority (the tax agency or other supplier authorised to collect specific taxes).
Location	The location of the supplier associated with the VAT document.
Currency	The currency of the VAT document.
Terms	The terms used in relations with the supplier that is the taxing authority.
Due date	The due date of the document according to the terms.
Cash disc. date	The last date when a cash discount is available according to the terms.
Description	A detailed description for the VAT invoice or VAT adjustment. An alphanumeric string of up to 60 characters may be used.
VAT total	The total VAT amount to be paid.
Balance	The balance of the document after payment application.
Cash discount	The cash discount amount available for this document.

## The Apply VAT to tab By using this tab, you can select invoices and adjustments to apply specific taxes to these documents. To add documents to the list, click **Add documents** in the table toolbar and select a VAT, and the system displays the documents to which the VAT can be applied. Only documents with no such VAT applied are available for selection. If you have to create a VAT adjustment and include the documents for which this VAT had already been calculated, you must manually enter each document's reference number.

Button	Description
Add documents	Opens the Add documents dialog box, which you use to select a tax and to view (and, optionally, select) the documents to which the tax can be applied.

Column	Description
Orig. trans. type	The type of the document added to the VAT invoice or adjustment.
Orig. doc. number	The reference number of the original document.
VAT ID	The VAT to be applied to the document.
VAT rate	The rate used for the VAT.
Taxable amount	The amount used as a base for VAT calculation.
VAT amount	The VAT amount that has been calculated for the specified taxable amount or entered manually.
VAT zone	The VAT zone of the supplier.
Account	The account associated with the VAT.
Subaccount	The corresponding subaccount.

The Add documents dialog box

Element / Button	Description
VAT ID	The VAT to be applied to the documents.
Supplier	The supplier from which the purchases are subjected to the VAT; leave the field blank to view documents related to various suppliers.
Supplier ref.	The particular document, by the reference number the supplier assigned to it.
From date	The date that starts the date range.
Date to	The date that ends the date range.

Columns	Description
Type	The type of tax document. The following options are available: Purchase invoice, Credit adjustment, or Purchases credit note.
Invoice no.	The unique ID assigned to the document. The system generates this number according to the numbering sequence assigned to the supplier invoices in the Supplier ledger preferences (AP101000) window.
Supplier ref.	The reference number assigned to the document by the supplier.
Date	The date of the document.
Supplier	The ID of the supplier.
Supplier name	The name of the supplier.
Location	The location of the supplier associated with the document.
Currency	The currency of the document.
Amount	The amount of the document.
Balance	The balance of the document after payment application.
Due date	The due date of the document according to the terms.
Description	A detailed description for the document. An alphanumeric string of up to 60 characters may be used.
Add (button)	Adds the selected documents to the list on the Apply VAT to tab and keeps the dialog box open so you can select more documents.
Add and close (button)	Adds the selected documents to the list on the Apply VAT to tab and closes the dialog box.
Cancel (button)	Closes the dialog box without adding the selected documents.

## The Financial details tab On this tab, you can enter or view the financial details of the tax document. The Link to general ledger section

Element	Description
Batch no.	The number of the batch generated on the VAT document.
Branch	The branch associated with the VAT invoice or adjustment.
Supplier account	The supplier account of the supplier that is the taxing authority.
Supplier subaccount	The corresponding subaccount.

The Payment information section

Element	Description
Approved for payment	A check box that indicates (if selected) that this VAT document was approved for payment.
Payment date	The pay date for this document, as assigned during approval.
Payment location	The location of the tax agency.
Payment method	The payment method to be used to pay for this VAT document.
Cash account	The cash account associated with the payment method.

## The Applications tab This tab shows you the payments that were applied to the VAT document.

Button	Description
Apply automatically	Performs the application of the appropriate payments, if there are any.

Column	Description
Doc. type	The type of the payment document.
Reference no.	The number of the payment document. If you click this number, the Customer payments (AR302000) window opens, in which you can view the details of the payment.
Amount paid	The amount paid for the VAT document on the payment document.
Payment date	The date of the payment document.
Balance	The balance of the payment document.
Description	The description provided for the payment document.
Currency	The currency of the payment document.
Period	The financial period to post the payment.
Payment ref.	The payment reference number.
Status	The status of the payment document.

VAT periods (TX207000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-periods-tx207000 page In this window, you can configure a tax year structure for each particular combination of the company (branch) and tax agency, review VAT periods and their statuses for the current and past tax years, view net VAT amounts for prepared and closed periods, and shorten the duration of a tax year. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT periods (TX207000) In this window, you can configure a tax year structure for each particular combination of the company (branch) and tax agency, review VAT periods and their statuses for the current and past tax years, view net VAT amounts for prepared and closed periods, and shorten the duration of a tax year. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## The window toolbar

Actions

Provides the following menu commands:

Prepare VAT report: Opens the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, in which you can prepare a VAT report for the selected branch and tax agency.
Release VAT report: Opens the Process VAT report (TX502000) window, in which you can release a VAT report prepared for the selected branch and tax agency.
Reopen VAT period: Reopens the selected VAT period. This will set the VAT period to Prepared and you can void or make adjustments to the report. The tax agency invoice previously created will not be reversed, a new invoice will be created when closing the period again unless you turn this functionality off on the tax agency temporarily. The report has to be sent to the tax authority again. Note: It is only possible to reopen a closed period. If the financial accounting year for the selected VAT period is closed, you cannot reopen the period and you will receive the message: The accounting year YYYY is closed for VAT period PP-YYYY. The VAT period can not be reopened. If you have any prepared VAT periods, you cannot reopen any periods and you receive the message: VAT period 03-2022 is prepared. The VAT period 02-2022 can not be reopened. If the VAT period is open, you will receive the message: Only closed VAT periods can be reopened.

Reports

Provides the following menu commands, which you can click for fast access to reports:

VAT summary: Navigates to the VAT summary (TX62100S) report for the selected branch, tax agency, and VAT period.
VAT details: Navigates to the VAT details (TX62051S) report for the selected branch, tax agency, and VAT period.

## The top part In the top part, you can select a branch, a tax agency, and various tax year settings to configure a tax year structure.

Element	Description
Company	The company for which VAT periods are shown in the table (in respect of the selected tax agency).
Tax agency	The tax agency for which VAT periods are shown in the table (in respect of the selected branch). Select a tax agency from the list of agencies available in the system. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Tax year	The tax year for which VAT periods are displayed in the table, which you select from the list of the years available for the selected branch and tax agency. By default, the current tax year is selected. If no tax years exist in the system for the selected branch and tax agency, by default, the system uses the tax year of the earliest taxable document. If no tax year and no taxable documents exist, the system uses the year of the current business date.
Short tax year	A check box that indicates (if selected) that the tax year is short. By default, this check box is cleared. If this check box is selected, the Delete period and Add period buttons become available in the table toolbar. This check box is available only if all VAT periods of the tax year have the Open status.
Start date	The first day of the tax year selected in the Tax year field. This date is available for editing only if there are no tax years in the system for the selected branch and tax agency. Otherwise, it is an informational setting.
VAT period type	The VAT period type, which defines the VAT period duration for the selected tax year. If you change the type of VAT period in this field and save your changes, the system updates the list of VAT periods in the table. This setting is available for editing only if all of the periods of the selected tax year have the Open status. Note If you change the VAT period type for a short tax year, the system will restore the length of the tax year to a full calendar year and will clear the Short tax year check box. If you need to change the VAT period type when some periods have been processed, select the Change tax report type check box.
Change VAT period type	A check box which makes it possible to change the VAT period type. If the check box is selected, the VAT period type will be available and you can change to a different type, and the VAT periods will be recalculated for the open periods. Changing from quarterly to monthly will change all the open quarters to monthly. Changing from monthly to quarterly will change the open months 3 by 3 so if you have closed/prepared period 04 April you will have period 05 May and 06 June then 07 as July to September and 08 as October to December. Note: If the remaining periods are less than wanted type, you can not change the type and you will get the error Remaining open periods does not match the VAT period type. Your selected type will be deleted. If you have created the next VAT year, this will be deleted so you can create it with the new settings. You will receive the message: Because the end date of the tax year has been changed, the subsequent tax years will be deleted. Please review and modify the next tax year settings if required.
EC sales list reporting period	The EC sales list reporting period defined on the tax agency in the Suppliers (AP303000) window. This can be changed here if a different period interval is wanted.

## The table This table contains the list of VAT periods of the selected branch, tax agency, and tax year.

+ ( Add period )

In the table, adds a new VAT period after the last one in the table.

This button is available only if the Short tax year check box is selected in the top part of the current window.

x ( Delete period )

In the table, deletes the last period of the year if its status is Open.

This button is available only if the Short tax year check box is selected in the top part of the current window.

Column	Description
VAT period	The number of the VAT period.
Start date	The start date of the VAT period.
End date	The end date of the VAT period.
Status	The current status of the VAT period.
Net VAT amount	The amount accumulated in the line for which the Net VAT check box is selected on the Report lines tab of the Reporting settings (TX205100) window. When you click the amount, the system navigates to the VAT report details (TX502010) window, which displays the data for the selected branch, tax agency, and VAT period.
Unreleased net VAT amount	The not prepared amount accumulated in the line for which the Net VAT check box is selected on the Report lines tab of the Reporting settings (TX205100) window. When you click the amount, the system navigates to the Prepare VAT report (TX501000) window, where you can view the data for the selected branch, tax agency and VAT period. Unreleased documents are not included in this amount.

VAT report details (TX502010) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-report-details-tx502010 page You can use this window to view the details of prepared VAT reports for an open or closed VAT period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT report details (TX502010) You can use this window to view the details of prepared VAT reports for an open or closed VAT period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. You can use this window to view the details of prepared VAT reports for an open or closed VAT period. You can view taxable and VAT amounts by the report line and drill down to the original documents. The resulting amounts are always shown for the last revision of the report if there are multiple revisions. ## The top part In this area, you can select a tax agency and VAT period to view the details of the prepared report.

Element	Description
Branch	The branch for which the VAT report has been prepared. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Tax agency	The ID and name of the tax agency for which the VAT report is intended. Select a tax agency from the list of agencies available in the system. In Visma Net, tax authorities are defined as suppliers. The suggested tax agency can be defined on the VAT information tab in the Organisations (CS101500) or Branches (CS102000) windows.
Reporting period	The reporting period you are interested in.
From	Read-only. The start date of the selected period.
To	Read-only. The end date of the selected period.
Report line	The report line selected by its identifier.

### The Sum selected rows section

Element	Description
Taxable amount	The summary of Taxable amount for rows being checked as selected in the details.
VAT amount	The summary of the VAT amount for rows being checked as selected in the details.
VAT rate	The calculated VAT rate based on the Taxable amount and the VAT amount for checked rows.

### The Total sum section

Element	Description
Taxable amount	The summary of Taxable amount for all rows.
VAT amount	The summary of VAT amount for all rows.
VAT rate	Calculated VAT rate based on Taxable amount and VAT amount.

## The table This table contains the list of documents that contributed to the report line.

Column	Description
Branch	The branch in which the document was created.
Module	The workspace in which the document was created.
Trans. type	The type of document or transaction.
Ref. no.	The reference number identifying the document or transaction.
Batch no.	The number of the batch of documents.
Trans. date	The date of the document or transaction.
VAT ID	The ID of the VAT calculated on the document.
VAT rate	The VAT rate used for VAT calculation.
Deductible VAT rate	The percent of deduction that applies to the VAT amount paid to the supplier for specific purchases. The deducted VAT amount (calculated based on this percent) can be claimed from the tax agency. Appears if the deductible VAT is applied.
Report taxable amount	Taxable amount for the document for selected report line.
Report VAT amount	VAT amount for the document for selected report line.
Account ID	The business account associated with the transaction, by its ID.
Account name	The name of the business account associated with the transaction.
Calculated VAT rate	The VAT rate of the document.
Revision ID	This is VAT revision. You can run a VAT report, and later you run a new version. Each version gets a new Revision ID. If you have you Revision ID 1, you have only processed once. If you have higher numbers you have processed the VAT report for this period more than once.

VAT zones (TX206000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-zones-tx206000 page In this window, you can create, view, and modify VAT zones. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT zones (TX206000) In this window, you can create, view, and modify VAT zones. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can create, view, and modify VAT zones. A VAT zone combines the VAT rates that are effective in a particular territory. The VAT zones are usually defined according to the locations of the suppliers or customers. ## Search line in list window If you are in the list window, the first line in the table is a search line. Each column has a search field which you can click to search for or filter on specific values and narrow down the displayed table rows. You can search and filter in as many columns as you need to, to only display the results you want to view. There are two types of search fields: + White: here you can type a specific search term to display results in this column containing this exact value. If you search on several (partial) words, you can separate them by a space or **%** and get different results: + space: the result contains the words in any order, + **%**: the result contains the words in the specific order, and the **%** functions as a wildcard as well. + Grey: you can click this to open the column filter pop-up window where you can filter the results for this column. ## The top part Here, you can specify details for a new VAT zone or view or edit the list of individual VAT rates and post codes.

Element	Description
VAT zone ID	The unique ID for a zone, which is up to six alphanumeric characters.
Description	A more detailed description of the zone.
Default VAT category	Optional. The default VAT category for the VAT zone. If a VAT category is not defined in the document, the VAT category specified here will be used by default for a VAT zone.
Manual VAT entry	Activate this to enable the manual VAT entry mode. To use it, you also need a VAT zone for manual VAT and assign it to a supplier.

## The Applicable VAT tab On this tab, you can create a list of VAT items for a new VAT zone, or you can view and edit this list for an existing zone.

Column	Description
VAT ID	The unique ID of the VAT item. Other columns in the row will display information about the selected VAT.
Description	The description of the selected VAT.
VAT type	The type of VAT.
Calculate on	The method of calculating the VAT amount, which is one of the following: Extract from item amount The VAT amount is included in item amounts and should be extracted. Item amount This is a first-level VAT calculated on item amounts. Item and VAT amount This is a second-level VAT calculated on item amounts and the amounts of the first-level-taxes. Document amount This is a first-level VAT calculated on the document amount, not on a per-item basis. Document and VAT amount This is a second-level VAT calculated on the document amount and the amount of the first-level VAT.
Cash discount	The method of calculating the taxable amount if a discount is applied (based on the payment terms), which is one of the following options: Reduces VAT amount: The discount is taken on the total amount calculated for the document. The taxable amount is decreased by the discount. Reduces taxable amount on early payment Does not affect VAT amount (default option): The discount is taken on the document total, but the tax is also calculated on the document total. The taxable amount is not affected by the discount.

## The Postcodes tab On this tab, you can specify the postcodes of the VAT zone, with appropriate ranges of add-on codes for the selected VAT zone.

Column	Description
Postcode	The postcode associated with this VAT zone.
Postcode +4 (min.)	The add-on code (for the postcode) that starts the range of add-on codes associated with this VAT zone.
Postcode +4 (max.)	The add-on code (for the postcode) that ends the range of add-on codes associated with this VAT zone.

VAT reports /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports section 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT reports VAT reports - overview /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview page By using the reports for the VAT workspace, you can view key VAT-related information. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT reports - overview By using the reports for the VAT workspace, you can view key VAT-related information. > [!NOTE] > Because the VAT reports are generated by user request, they run on only accounts and subaccounts that the user is authorised to access, based on the user's roles and membership in restriction groups. The reports can be generated in multiple formats, including PDF and HTML. Also, you can print the report you generated or send the report by email. ## VAT reports The VAT workspace includes the following reports: ### Balance + [VAT summary (TX62100S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-tx62100s/): For the selected tax agency and VAT period, displays the report lines and the respective amounts. + [VAT details (TX62051S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-tx62051s/): For the selected tax agency and VAT period, displays the report lines and the supporting documents for each line. + [VAT specification (TX62050S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-specification-tx62050s/) + [VAT summary by general ledger account by period (TX622000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-by-general-ledger-account-by-period-tx622000/): For the selected tax agency and tax period, lists totals of taxable transactions by account and by VAT. + [VAT details by general ledger account by period (TX621500)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-by-general-ledger-account-by-period-tx621500/): Displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. Transactions are listed by transaction date. + [VAT summary by general ledger account by date (TX623000)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-by-general-ledger-account-by-date-tx623000/) + [VAT details by general ledger account by date (TX622500)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-by-general-ledger-account-by-date-tx622500/): For the selected tax agency, displays taxable transactions, grouped by general ledger account-subaccount pair, VAT, and workspace. + ### Window + [VAT report, Dutch (TX62105S)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-report-dutch-tx62105s/): The VAT report depending on the country of the company. + [VAT report, Finnish (TX62102S)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-report-finnish-tx62102s/): The VAT report depending on the country of the company. + [VAT report, Norwegian (TX62104S)](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-report-norwegian-tx62104s/): The VAT report depending on the country of the company. + [VAT report, Swedish (TX62108S)](/visma-net-erp/to-be-deleted/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-report-swedish-tx62108s/): The VAT report depending on the country of the company. SAF-T report (TX50600S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/saf-t-report-tx50600s page The purpose of this report is to report accounting figures to the government in a standardised format. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # SAF-T report (TX50600S) The purpose of this report is to report accounting figures to the government in a standardised format. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Before you start Before you can send or download a SAF-T file, you must go to the [Organisations (CS101500)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/organisations-cs101500/) window, to enter some information for the report. On the tab **Altinn settings**, enter: + contact person, **Name** + phone number, **Telephone** + email address, **Notifications by email to** and + reference number (provided by the government when the report is due) All used **VAT categories** needs to contain **Standard VAT code**. All **Accounts** must contain a **Standard account code**. Depending on the **Organisation type** and if **File VAT by branch** is selected, you have to go to the [Branches (CS102000)](/visma-net-erp/help/organisation-structure/organisation-structure-windows/branches-cs102000/) window. ## The top part

Button	Description
Send report	Click this button to create the report according to the filter and selections made, and send it to the Government portal (Altinn) as a zipped file. The system will not validate the file during this process, and the Government will contact you regarding the result. Note If the size of the file exceeds 200 MB, you will see a warning and the file will not be sent. Reduce the size by sending fewer periods. You can, for example, send the first half year and then the second half year, or you can divide it into quarters or one for every month. Note Altinn will validate the report file when you upload it. When you see a status similar to “Altinn archive number: AR3833490 Report was sent successfully to the government” it means that the report has passed the XML validation. You will not get any other information about the status in Visma Net, but you can log on to Altinn to see future status changes. Note The system does an internal validation according to the XML schema, to make sure it follows the minimum requirements. Some columns can be longer than what the schema allows and will then be truncated to avoid errors. If this button is disabled, it is because one or all of the fields are empty in the SAF-T report information section on the Altinn settings tab in the Organisations (CS101500) window. This information is mandatory in the report. If you click Download file, you can create the report and download it to your computer. Use this method if you want to send the report to your accounting auditor or export it to another system. The file is automatically zipped to reduce the size of the file that is stored on your disk.
Account details	This button opens the Account details (GL404000) window with the selected account and from/to period. If you have selected another tab than Accounts no action happens.
VAT account control details	Click this button to open the VAT account control details (TX40400S) window in a dialog box. The system displays details filtered on the from and to periods, and the account number. You can also include transactions without a VAT period.
General ledger transactions with VAT	Clicking this button opens the General ledger transactions with VAT (TX40500S) pop-up window.

Field	Description
Company	The company that is reporting the SAF-T. The company is only displayed if you have a multi-branch company.
Branch	If you have set the File VAT by branch on a Company you must select a branch before you can download or send the report.
Tax agency	This filters the VAT codes in the file. It will select this from the Company / Branch - Standard tax agency or the first tax agency available.
From period	The fields From and To period let you filter the results on the selected financial period(s). The results are displayed on the Accounts tab and then reported.
To period	The fields From and To period let you filter the results on the selected financial period(s). The results are displayed on the Accounts tab and then reported. Note! The Closing balance on the Accounts tab will be wrong if the financial year is crossed, and you will not be able to send a report if you select a to period that cross a financial year.
Report status	The Report status field is normally empty, but if you have sent or created a report for that period before, it displays the status of the previous report.
Contact person	The contact person in your company, that the government may contact. This field is mandatory. You enter and maintain this information on the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window. Unless you have selected With branches requiring balancing as the Organisation type and the File VAT by branches check box in the same window, then you have to enter this information in the Branches (CS102000) window. For companies with a different country then NO - Norway, the contact person is coming from Attention in Company/Branch - Organisation details.
Email	The email address of contact person in your company, that the government may contact. This field is mandatory. You enter and maintain this information on the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window.
Phone no.	The telephone number of the contact person in your company, that the government may contact. This field is mandatory. You enter and maintain this information on the Altinn settings tab in the Branches (CS102000) window. For companies with a different country then NO - Norway, the phone no. is coming from Phone no in Company/Branch - Organisation details.
Reference no.	The government’s reference number for the report. The reference number is mandatory when you send the report to Altinn. The number is given by the authority when they request this report. For companies with a different country then NO - Norway the Reference no. is not available.
Include customers	If you select this check box, the system will add the Customers tab to the window, which displays all customers that will be sent as a customer segment together with the accounting transactions. The Show only customer/supplier with missing postcode and/or city check box appears in this section.
Include suppliers	If you select this check box, the system will add the Suppliers tab to the window, which displays all suppliers that will be sent as a supplier segment together with the accounting transactions. The Show only customer/supplier with missing postcode and/or city check box appears in this section.
Include subaccounts	If you select this check box, the system will add the Subaccounts tab to the window, which displays all subaccounts that will be sent as analysis types together with the accounting transactions.
Include projects	If you select this check box, the system exports the projects with the analysis type ‘P ’ and the description Project with the accounting transactions.
Include Company name and period in the file name	If you select this check box, the Company name and the selected Period will be added as part of the file name when downloading the report. This check-box is selected as the default for all countries exempt from NO - Norway.
Text box	Missing Public code 1: For Norway and Denmark: If any accounts are missing the Public code 1, you will get a message in this text box that Public code 1 is missing on accounts. The accounts missing the code will have a warning in the Account tab and on the accounts where Standard account id and Category grouping are missing. You have to update the accounts with the correct code. You cannot send or download the file if this is missing. For other countries, the system uses the Public code 1 if filled in, or it will use the Account no. Missing Standard VAT code: For Norway and Denmark: If any of the VAT categories are missing Standard VAT code, you will get a message in this text box that Standard VAT code is missing, and you have to update the VAT category. Balanced or unposted batches: If you have Batches that are not posted in the selected period, you will get a message in this text box that there are balanced or unposted batches in the system. You have to update, delete or move them to a later period before you can Send the report. Use the Release transactions (GL501000) or Post transactions (GL502000) window to post these.

## The Accounts tab The **Accounts** tab displays all accounts that have a transaction in the selected period, with a opening and closing balance.

Element	Description
Account	The account number of the account. If you click the link, the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window is displayed in a dialog box. The standard account number displays the selected number of digits, which you have defined as public account codes in the General ledger preferences (GL102000) window. The system selects the number of digits from the account no. from left. In Norway, the most common number is four digits, but you can also use two.
Account type	The type of account, for example, GL for a general ledger account.
Account description	The description of the type of account.
Standard account	This field is mandatory for Norway and Denmark. You will get a warning message if this is missing in your Chart of account. Check and set the correct Standard account in the column Public code 1 in the Chart of accounts (GL202500) window. It uses the Account no for other countries if the Public code is missing. The Standard account code can be maintained in the window Public codes (CS20501S).
Grouping category	For Norway and Denmark the values are defined in Public codes (CS20501S), Grouping category tab, and the text is defined by the government. For other countries, use the Account class if Public code 1 is missing
Grouping code	The Grouping code is the type of account from the chart of accounts, for example Asset , Liability , Income or Expense . This information is not exported in the downloaded file, nor sent to the authorities.
Account creation date	The date the account was created.
Opening balance	The opening balance of the account.
Closing balance	The closing balance of the account.

## The Customers tab The **Customers** tab displays all customers that have a transaction in the selected period, with a beginning and ending balance. > [!NOTE] > The postcode and the city are not mandatory, but it is preferred that add them. You will get a message if you have not added them.

Element	Description
Customer no.	If you click the link in the Customer no. field, the system displays a dialog box with the Customers (AR303000) window, where you can see further details about the customer.
Name	The name of the customer.
Postcode	The postcode of the customer’s address.
City	The name of the place or city connected to the customer’s postcode.
Corporate ID	The corporate ID or the VAT registration number of the customer.
Account no.	The account number of the account.
Beginning balance	The customer’s balance at the outset of the period selected in the top part of the window.
Ending balance	The customer’s balance at the end of the period selected in the top part of the window.

## The Suppliers tab The **Suppliers** tab displays all suppliers that have a transaction in the selected period, with a beginning and ending balance. > [!NOTE] > The postcode and the city are not mandatory, but it is preferred that add them. You will receive a message if you have not added them.

Element	Description
Supplier no.	If you click the link in the Supplier no. field, the system displays a dialog box with the Suppliers window, where you can see further details about the supplier.
Name	The name of the supplier.
Postcode	The postcode of the supplier’s address.
City	The name of the place or city connected to the supplier’s postcode.
Corporate ID	The corporate ID or the VAT registration number of the supplier.
Account no.	The account number of the account.
Beginning balance	The supplier’s balance at the outset of the period selected in the top part of the window.
Ending balance	The supplier’s balance at the end of the period selected in the top part of the window.

## The Subaccounts tab The **Subaccounts** tab displays the subaccount segments of the account of the branch. You can select which segments you want to export by selecting or deselecting each segment in the list.

Element	Description
Export	If you select this check box, you indicate that you want to export this subaccount.
Segment ID	The subaccount segment ID for export is SUB1, SUB2, etc. You can change the subaccount segment ID and give it another name before you export it.
Segment description	The description of the subaccount segment.
Segment ID exported	The name of the ID as you want it to be displayed after export. You can overwrite the text in this field. The system stores the values that you use for subaccounts. The codes ‘B’ and ‘GL’ are reserved for voucher and general ledger transactions. If you also export project-related segments, you cannot use the segment ID ‘P’, which is reserved for Projects. Examples of codes that you can use, are ‘A’ for Department (avdeling) and ‘E’ for Employee (ansatt).
Description exported	The description of the ID as you want it to be displayed after export. You can overwrite the text in this field.

Concepts

General ledger windows - overview

Windows

VAT details (TX62051S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-tx62051s section You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT details (TX62051S) You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters

Company

The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list.

By default, the current company is selected.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.

Tax agency ID

The tax agency to be reported.

Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.

Reporting period

The reporting period the report will cover.

Select a period, or leave the field blank to view information on all closed or prepared VAT periods.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT details by general ledger account by date (TX622500) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-by-general-ledger-account-by-date-tx622500 section This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT details by general ledger account by date (TX622500) This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. Transactions are listed by VAT period. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch for which the report will be prepared. Select the required branch from the list. By default, the current branch is selected.
From date	The start date of the date range for which you want to view VAT information.
To date	The end date of the date range for which you want to view VAT information.
Tax agency	The tax agency for which VAT information will be displayed. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.
VAT	The VAT for which you want to view information. Select a VAT, or leave the field blank to view information on all VAT rates associated with the tax agency.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT details by general ledger account by period (TX621500) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-details-by-general-ledger-account-by-period-tx621500 section This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT details by general ledger account by period (TX621500) This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency, grouped by general ledger account and by VAT. Transactions are listed by VAT period. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch for which the report will be prepared. Select the required branch from the list. By default, the current branch is selected.
Tax agency	The tax agency to be reported. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.
VAT period	The reporting period the report will cover. Select a period, or leave the field blank to view information on all closed or prepared VAT periods.
VAT	The VAT (by its ID) for which you want to view information. Select a VAT, or leave the field blank to view information on all taxes associated with the tax agency.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT report, Norwegian (TX62104S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-report-norwegian-tx62104s section You use this window to create a report for a selected tax agency and VAT period. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT report, Norwegian (TX62104S) You use this window to create a report for a selected tax agency and VAT period. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. The report displays the report lines with the summary for each line. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Element	Description
Tax agency	The tax agency to be reported.
Reporting period	The reporting period to be reported.
From revision ID	The revision number of the VAT report. It changes each time you prepare a VAT report for a closed reporting period. With each revision, a new purchase invoice is generated automatically and is listed on the Supplier documents tab. You can generate updated VAT reports for closed reporting periods if this functionality is enabled. The Update closed VAT periods check box is located in the Suppliers (AP303000) window on the Tax agency settings tab. Select which revision number you want your VAT report to start from. If you leave the field empty the report will start with revision 1.
To revision ID	The revision number of the VAT report. It changes each time you prepare a VAT report for a closed reporting period. With each revision, a new purchase invoice is generated automatically and is listed on the Supplier documents tab. You can generate updated VAT reports for closed reporting periods if this functionality is enabled. The Update closed VAT periods check box is located in the Suppliers (AP303000) window, on the Tax agency settings tab. Select which revision number you want your VAT report to end at. If you leave the field empty it will report up to the last revision.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT summary (TX62100S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-tx62100s section In this window, you can prepare a report that shows the summary VAT information for the specified closed or prepared VAT reporting period for the selected tax agency. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT summary (TX62100S) In this window, you can prepare a report that shows the summary VAT information for the specified closed or prepared VAT reporting period for the selected tax agency. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. In this window, you can prepare a report that shows the summary VAT information for the specified closed or prepared VAT reporting period for the selected tax agency. The report lists the VAT report lines with their respective amounts. The report uses the currency of the tax agency. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Company

The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list.

By default, the current company is selected.

This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.

Tax agency

The tax agency to be reported. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.

VAT period

The reporting period the report will cover. Select a period, or leave the field blank to view information on all closed or prepared VAT periods.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT summary by general ledger account by date (TX623000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-by-general-ledger-account-by-date-tx623000 section This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency and time interval. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT summary by general ledger account by date (TX623000) This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency and time interval. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. This report displays VAT information for the selected tax agency and time interval. Transactions are listed by general ledger account, VAT, workspace, and date. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch for which the report will be prepared. Select the required branch from the list. By default, the current branch is selected.
From date	The start date of the date range for which you want to view VAT information.
To date	The end date of the date range for which you want to view VAT information.
Tax agency	The tax agency for which VAT information will be displayed. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.
VAT	The VAT for which you want to view information. Select a VAT, or leave the field blank to view information on all VAT rates associated with the tax agency.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT summary by general ledger account by period (TX622000) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-summary-by-general-ledger-account-by-period-tx622000 section By using this report, you can select a tax agency, specify a closed or prepared VAT period, and view the taxable and VAT amounts by general ledger account. 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT summary by general ledger account by period (TX622000) By using this report, you can select a tax agency, specify a closed or prepared VAT period, and view the taxable and VAT amounts by general ledger account. This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report:

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) ../shared-files/cs100000-ref.html window.
Branch	The branch for which the report will be prepared. Select the required branch from the list. By default, the current branch is selected.
Tax agency	The tax agency to be reported. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.
VAT period	The reporting period the report will cover. Select a period, or leave the field blank to view information on all closed or prepared VAT periods.
VAT	The VAT (by its ID) for which you want to view information. Select a VAT, or leave the field blank to view information on all taxes associated with the tax agency.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) VAT specification (TX62050S) /visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-specification-tx62050s section You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: 2026-02-19T17:09:06+01:00 # VAT specification (TX62050S) You use the following parameters to select the information to be displayed on the report: This topic provides information about the elements in this window in Visma Net, such as fields, field values, buttons, and check boxes. ## Report parameters

Element	Description
Company	The company for which the report will be prepared. Select the required company from the list. By default, the current company is selected. This field is available only if the Multi-branch support functionality is enabled in your system in the Enable/disable functionalities (CS100000) window.
Tax agency	The tax agency to be reported. Select a tax agency, or leave this field empty to view information on all tax agencies.
From period	The start date of the period range for which you want to view VAT specification.
To period	The end date of the period range for which you want to view VAT specification.
From VAT period	The start date of the VAT period range for which you want to view VAT specification.
To VAT period	The end date of the VAT period range for which you want to view VAT specification.

## The report settings and options Before running a report, you set a variety of parameters in the report window. You can select a template or manually make selections that affect the information to be collected. Also, you can specify appropriate settings to print or email the report generated. ### The report window toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the report window toolbar when you are configuring a report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates to and from the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh.png) **Cancel**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Clears any changes you have made and restores default settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Run report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Initiates data collection for the report and displays the generated report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Save template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Saves the currently selected report as a template with all the selected settings.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Remove template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Removes the previously saved template. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Select schedule name** dialog box, which you can use to schedule the processing of the report. This button is available only when you select a template.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit report{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Opens Visma BI - Report Designer in a new browser tab, where you can edit your report. > [!NOTE] > However, if you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, you will be navigated to the [Report definitions (CS206000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-windows/report-definitions-cs206000/) window to make your changes there. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export report design{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Makes a copy of the report that you can import (for example, for another company) by using the ![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) button on the **Report versions** tab. Then you select that the copy of the report is not going to be the default version which is used when you click the **Run report** button. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Select schedule name dialog box {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Schedule{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The schedule for report processing. Select an existing schedule, or leave the field blank and click **OK** to open the [Automation schedules (SM205020)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/automation-schedules-sm205020/) window to create a new schedule for running the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merge reports{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} When this check box is selected, this report will be merged with the other reports selected for merging into one net report when processed. > [!NOTE] > You can check the reports that will be merged when processed in the [Send reports (SM205060)](/visma-net-erp/help/automation/automation-windows/send-reports-sm205060/) window. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Merging order{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report in the net report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The template area Use the elements in this area to select an existing template and then use the template, share it with other users, or use it as your default report settings. The template area elements, which are available for all reports, are described in the following table. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Template{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The template to be used for the report. If any templates were created and saved, you can select a template to use its settings for the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Default{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is marked as the default one for you. A default template cannot be shared.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Shared{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the selected template is shared with other users. A shared template cannot be marked as the default.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Locale{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} A locale that you select to indicate to the system that the report should be prepared with the data translated to the language associated with this locale. > [!NOTE] > This field is displayed if there are multiple active locales in the system. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The report toolbar The following table lists the buttons of the toolbar after you run the configured report. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Buttons{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-edit](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-edit.png) **Parameters**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Navigates back to the report window to let you change the report parameters.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-refresh-report](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-refresh-report.png) **Refresh**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refreshes the information displayed in the report (if any data changes were made).{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Groups{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Adds to the report a left pane where the report structure is shown. Click a report node to highlight the pertinent data in the right pane.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-view-pdf](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-view-pdf.png) **View PDF** / **View HTML**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report as a PDF, or displays the report in HTML format. The available button depends on the current report view; if you are viewing a PDF, for instance, you will see the **View HTML** button.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to first page (Ctrl + Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the first page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to previous page (Page up){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the previous page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to next page (Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the next page.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Go to last page (Ctrl + Page down){{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the last page of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the browser dialog box so you can print the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Send{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Opens the **Email activity** dialog box, which you use to send the report file (in the chosen format) to the specified email address.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Export{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Allows you to export the data in the chosen format: + **Excel** + **Excel with headers** (this option is only available for ARM reports) + **PDF** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report parameters tab This tab includes sections where you can specify the contents of the report depending on the current report and vary in the following regards: + How many elements and which elements are available on a particular report + Whether elements contain default values + Whether specific elements require values to be selected + Whether elements may be left blank to let you display a broader range of data ### The Additional sort and filters tab If you are working with a [Balance sheet (GL634000)](/visma-net-erp/help/general-ledger/general-ledger-reports/balance-sheet-gl634000/) report or any Profit and loss report or a [Profit and loss (PM64300S)](/visma-net-erp/help/project-accounting/projects-reports/profit-and-loss-pm64300s/) report, this tab is not shown in your report window. The **Additional sort and filters** tab contains additional sorting and filtering conditions: Additional sorting conditions : Defines the sorting order. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and select the **Descending** or **Ascending** sort order for the column. Additional filtering conditions : Defines the report filter. You can add a line, select one of the report-specific properties, and define a condition and its value. The list of conditions includes one-operand and two-operand conditions. To create a more complicated logical expression, you can use brackets and logical operations between brackets. ### The Print and email settings tab #### The Print settings section If you plan to print the report or save the report as a PDF, select the appropriate settings in the **Print settings** section. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Element{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Deleted records{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Selects the visibility of the data deleted from the database. + **Hide** + **Print** + **Only** {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print all pages{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Prints all pages of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Print in PDF format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Displays the report in PDF format.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Compress PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate a compressed PDF.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Embed fonts in PDF file{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Indicates that the system will generate the PDF with fonts embedded.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} #### The Email settings section If you plan to send the report as an email, in the **Email settings** section, specify the format in which the report will be sent, as well as the email subject, the recipients of copies of the report, and the email of the recipient. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Field{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Format{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} The format in which the report will be emailed: + **HTML** + **PDF** + **Excel** + **Excel with header** (this option is only available for ARM reports) > [!NOTE] > The merge function for reports in Excel format is not supported. If you want to merge a report with other reports and send an aggregated report by email, you should select either the HTML or PDF format for the report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}To{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of the recipient.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Cc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}An additional addressee to receive a carbon copy ( **Cc** ) of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Bcc{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The email address of anyone to receive a blind carbon copy ( **Bcc** ) of the email; an address you enter in this box will be hidden from other recipients.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Subject{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The subject of the email.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} ### The Report versions tab This tab shows the data only to users assigned with the Report designer user role If the report has multiple versions, you can select one of them. {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Button{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Edit version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this to edit the selection version of the report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Refresh dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Click this button to refresh the data set you have selected.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Activate{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Temporarily activates the selected report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}![icon-load-from-file](/media/visma-net-erp/icon-load-from-file.png) **Import report design**{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}} Click this button to select an exported report you want to import into this company. This button is only available for users assigned with the Report designer user role. The imported report will be set as the active report. {{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-table >}} {{< vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Column{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell header="true" >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-header-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Version{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The number of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Description{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The description of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Active{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}When this check box is selected, the report version is active.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Created{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}The creation date of the report version.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-row >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}Not default dataset{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< vismanet-cell >}}This check box is automatically selected if the report version is an import of an external report.{{< /vismanet-cell >}} {{< /vismanet-row >}} {{< /vismanet-table >}} Parent topic: [Reports - overview](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-reports/vat-reports-overview/) [tx205000-ref.html](/visma-net-erp/help/vat/vat-windows/vat-tx205000/)

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Related pages

Concepts

Related pages

Tasks

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Related pages

Concepts

Tasks

Windows

Related pages

Concepts

Windows